Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 319

2011/2012

DOC-7GF6F4-0708
2
Introduction to ATEX 1

2
Travel unit components

3
Geared motors

4
Brake motors

5
DM Hoist

6
CH Chain Hoist

7
Recommended Spare Parts List
Introduction to ATEX

4
Basics of explosion protection

Explosion protection

Explosion

An explosion is defined as a sudden reaction involving a rapid physical or chemical oxidation reaction or decay,
generating an increase in temperature or pressure or both simultaneously. The most familiar reactions are those
of flammable gases, vapours or dust with the oxygen contained in the air.

Basis for an explosion

As a rule, for explosions to happen in atmospheric air, three factors have to be present at the same time:
Flammable substance
Oxygen (air) Oxygen
Source of ignition
Explosion
In production and work areas an increased risk of
explosion can develop wherever the preconditions
for an explosion are fulfilled. Typical explosion-hazard Ignition Flammable
areas form in chemical factories, refineries, paint
source gases
workshops, cleaning equipment, mills and stores
for milled products and other combustible dust, in
tank facilities and loading areas for flammable gases,
liquids and solids.

Prevention of explosions

Explosion protected equipment is able to exclude one of the preconditions for an explosion the ignition source
and is in that way an important contribution to explosion protection.
In domestic areas, constructional measures ensure that normally an explosive atmosphere cannot form. The
conscious restriction of these measures, e.g. the intended, unimpeded flow of inflammable gases or a reduction in
ventilation can lead to explosion if an ignition source is also present.

The effect of an explosion in enclosed spaces and under non-atmospheric conditions is often more powerful.
Effective preventive explosion protection for non-controlled, unintended and therefore very damaging explosions
can only be achieved by removing one of the three components.

In industries and workplaces, as the oxygen in the air and often the flammable substance (hazardous gas or dust)
cannot be reliably and permanently excluded, MHE explosion proof products are designed and built to prevent the
effect of ignition sources where electricity is being used in a potentially explosive atmosphere. In this way,
explosions are effectively prevented.

Three factors
Flammable substances

Flammable gases
Flammable liquids
Flammable solids

5
Oxygen

At standard temperature and pressure, oxygen is a colourless, odorless gas with the molecular formula O2.
Highly-concentrated sources of oxygen promote rapid combustion. Fire and explosion hazards exist when
concentrated oxidants and fuel are brought into close proximity. Oxygen itself is not the fuel, but the oxidant.

Sources of ignition

With technical equipment a large number of ignition sources exist.


Hot surfaces
Mechanically generated sparks
Visible electrical sparks lightning
Static electricity
Flames, hot gases and particles
Electro-magnetic radiation radio waves

European hazardous area equipment directive, standards and approval


Two ATEX directives are existing.

The Directive 99/92/EC concerns the end-users e.g. refineries, gas compressing units, etc.

This directive stipulates that as of June 2003, new equipment bought by the end user shall be conforming to
Directive 94/9/EC. For equipment already in place, end-users should assess their Ex safety level in order to
determine whether it can be kept in operation as such or need to be updated or partially retested, or replaced.
Before starting up, new equipment should have proven their compliance with the 94/9/EC Directive.

It is defined that the zoning responsibility lies on the shoulder of the end-user. This means he must update the
zoning of its premises every time a change affecting the zoning occurs e.g. changing its process, changing the
organization, of its units, revamping them or putting in operation assemblies that due to their intended use bring
their own zoning.

This, of course includes the new assemblies in relation to the conditions that may affect them e.g. existing zoning,
temperature condition.

The ATEX 94/9/EC concerns the manufacturers e.g. of products, of small, medium big size assembly. They have
to determine whether their equipment have to be submitted to the Directive. The Directive 94/9/EC ATEX Guide
for this Directive gives the way to conduct this assessment.

A manufacturer is the person responsible for the design, the construction and for the progress of certification.

All these tasks may be subcontracted provided the manufacturer keeps the whole responsibility. When producing
product or assembly the manufacturer has the duty to determine the conditions applicable to the equipment.
When it is product made in serial, he defines the category applicable to its product. When he produces a specific
product, he shall obtain the necessary information (e. existing zoning), from its customer, who generally is the
end-user.

6
Manufacturer versus user requirements

Requirement of the manufacturer Requirement of the user

ATEX 95 94/9/EC ATEX 137 99/92/EC


Definition of area of use of equipment, Determination of Zones in plant , select
specification of equipment group/category appropriate equipment
Category 1 Zone 0 / 20
Category 2 Zone 1 / 21
Category 3 Zone 2 / 22
Comply with essential safety and health Comply with installation and maintenance
requirements or relevant standard requirements
Carry out a risk assessment on the likelihood of
Carry out a risk assessment on the likelihood of
a potentially explosive atmosphere occurring at
equipment being an ignition source
the work place
Prepare an explosion protection document with
Prepare Conformity documentation
regular updates
Supported by harmonized standards Non mandatory EC Guide

ATEX assemblies and installations

Standards and types of protection


It is essential to know which standards apply to equipment according to the type of protection chosen.

Each type of protection corresponds to a specific concept.

CENELEC: European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization


IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission
CEN: European Committee for Standardization

7
ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS
Gas Dust
Type of protection
Cenelec IEC Type of protection symbol Cenelec/IEC
symbol
General
EN 60079-0 CEI 60079-0 General requirements EN/CEI 61241-0
requirements
tD protection by
EN 50015 CEI 60079-6 o oil immersion EN/CEI 61241-1
enclosure
pD protection by
EN 50016 CEI 60079-2 p pressurized apparatus EN/CEI 61241-4
overpressurization
iD protection by
EN 50017 CEI 60079-5 q powder filling EN/CEI 61241-11
intrinsic safe
mD protection by
EN 60079-1 CEI 60079-1 d flameproof enclosure EN/CEI 61241-18
encapsulation
EN 60079-7 CEI 60079-7 e increased safety
EN 50020 CEI 60079-11 i intrinsic safety
EN 60079-15 CEI 60079-15 n concept category 3 apparatus
EN 60079-18 CEI 60079-18 m encapsulation
EN 62013-1 cap lights (mines)
EN 60079-25 CEI 60079-25 syst. intrinsically safe systems
EN 50050 electrostatic spraying equipment
CEI 60079-26 equipment for zone 0

NON-ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS
CEN Type of protection symbol Concept
EN 13463-1 General requirements
EN 13463-2 fr Flow restriction enclosure
EN 13463-3 d Flameproof enclosure
EN 13463-4 g Inherent safety
EN 13463-5 c Constructional safety
EN 13463-6 b Control of ignition source
EN 13463-7 p pressurization
EN 13463-8 k Liquid immersion

Meaning of marking codes


The Community marking is of fundamental importance as it indicates the suitability of equipment for use in the
hazardous areas concerned. Its full meaning must therefore be understood.

1725 II 2G ck Ex de IIB T4

8
CE Conformity Marking
1725 Number of the Notified Body (i.e. FM Approvals Ltd)

Explosion-Protection Marking
II Equipment group (II Non-Mining)
2 Equipment category
1 Very high protection (Zone 0 & 20)
2 High protection (Zone 1 & 21)
3 Normal protection (Zone 2 & 22)
G Type of explosive atmosphere
G Gas/Vapour/Mist (Zone 0, 1,2)
D Dust (Zone 20, 21,22)
c Type of protection for the mechanical components
c Protection by constructional safety
k Protection by liquid immersion
Ex Explosion-Protected
d Type of protection for the electrical components
d Flameproof protection
e Increased safety protection
IIB Gas group
See Table 1 for definition of gas group
T4 Temperature class
See Table 1 for definition of temperature class

Marking temperatures, gas groups and hazardous areas


To ensure equipment can be safely used in hazardous areas, its gas group must be known and its temperature
class must be compared with the spontaneous ignition temperature of the gas mixtures concerned.

9
Table 1. Definition of gas types into Groups and Temperature Class

Temperature Class
Group o o o o o o
T1 (450 C) T2 (300 C) T3 (200 C) T4 (135 C) T5 (100 C) T6 (85 C)
Methane
I
(firedamp)
1,2-
IIA Acetic acid Aircraft fuel Acetaldehyde
dichloroethane
Acetone Amylic alcohol Aviation spirit Acetic ether
Ammonia Acetic anhydrite Benzine Ether
Benzol
Butanol Cyclohexane Ethylether
(pure)
Benzene butyl acetate Cyclohexanol
Butanone Cyclohexane Decano
Carbon Diesel fuel
Cyclohexanon
monoxide (DIN 51601)
Carbon EL fuel oil
Ethanol
oxide (DIN 51603)
Ethane Ethyl alcohol Fuel oil
Ethanoic
I-Amyl acetate Gasoline
acid
Iso butylic Heating fuel
Ethyl acetate
alcohol (DIN 51603)
Ethyl
Liquefied gas Heptane
chloride
Ethyl
n-butane Hexane
ethanoate
Jet propulsion
Methane n-butyl alcohol
fuel
Methanol Natural gas Kerosene
Methyl L fuel oil
Propan-2-ol
acetate (DIN 51603)
Methyl M and S fuel oil
Propyl acetate
alcohol (DIN 51603)
Methyl
n-hexane
chloride
Methylene
Naphtha
chloride
Naphthalene Pentane
Phenol Petroleum*
Propane Petroleum spirit
Toluene
Toluol
Xylene
Carbon Carbon
IIB 1.3 - butadiene Diethyl ether
monoxide disulphide
Coal gas
Ethanol Diethyl ether Ethyl ether
(Town gas)
Coke-oven Ethyl methyl
Ethene Ethyl glycol
gas ether
Lighting gas Ethylbenzene Ethylene glycol
Water gas Hydrogen
Ethylene
(carburetted) sulphide
Ethylene oxide Isoprene
Propan-1-ol Petroleum*
Tetrahydrofuran
(THF)
Carbon Carbon
IIC Hydrogen Acetylene
disulphide disulphide
Ethine Ethyl nitrate
* Depending on composition

10
Table 2. Definition of explosive gases according to the nature of their chemical content

GROUP
GROUP IIA GROUP IIB
IIC
Hydrocarbons Mixtures of Ketones: Chloroethylene Hyrocarbons Hydrogen
Alkanes: hydrocarbons: Acetone (vinyl chloride) Allylene (Propyn) Acetylene
Methane Industrial methane Ethyl-methyl Benzyl trifluoride Ethylene Carbon
Ethane Turpentine ketone Methylene chloride Cyclopropane disulphide
Propane Petroleum Propyl-methyl Compounds Butadine
Butane (including ketone containing
Pentane petroleum spirits) Butyl-methyl Oxygen: Compounds
Hexane Dry cleaning ketone Acetyl chloride containing
Heptane solvents Amyl-methyl Chloroethanol Nitrogen:
Octane Fuel oil ketone Acrylomitrile
Nonane Kerosene 2,4- Compounds Isopropyl nitrate
Decane Gas-Oil Pentanedione containing Sulphur: Hydrocyanic acide
Cyclobutane Benzole for cars (acetylacetone) Ethyl mercaptan
Cyclopentane Cyclohexanone Propyl mercaptan Compounds
Cycloheptane Compounds Thiophene containing Oxygen:
Methylcyclobutane containing Esters: Tetrahydrothiophene Mrthyl ether
Methylcyclopentane Oxygen: Methyl formate Compounds Ethylmthyl ether
Methylcyclohexane Oxides: Ethyl formate containing Nitrogen: Ethyl ether
Decahydronaphthalene (including ethers): Methyl acetate Ammonia Butyl ether
(decaline) Carbon monoxide Ethyl acetate Acetonitrile Ethylene oxide
Dipropyl ether Propyl acetate Nitromethane (eposyethane)
Alkenes: Butyl acetate Nitroethane Epoxy-propane
Propene (propylene) Alcohols and Amyl acetate Dioxoian
phenols: Methyl Amines: Dioxin
Aromatic hydrocarbons: Methanol methacrylate Methylamine Trioxin
Styrene Ethanol Ethyl Dimethylamine Butyl
Methylstyrene Propanol methacrylate Trimethylamine hydoxcyacetate
Butanol Vinyl acetate Diethylamine Terahydrofurfuryl
Benzene and its Pentanol Ethyl Propylamine Methyl acrylate
derivatives: Hexanol acetyacetate Butylamine Ethhyl acylate
Benzene Heptanol Cyclohexylamine Furane
Toluene Octanol Acids: Monoethanolamine Crotonaldehyde
Xylene Nonanol Acetic acid Diaminoethane Acrolien
Ethylbenzene Cyclohexanol Compounds Anline Tetrahydrofuran
Trimethylbenzene Methylcylohexanol containing Dimethylaniline
Naphthalene Phenol halogens Amphetamine Mixtures:
Cumene Cresol Compounds with Toluidine Gas from a coke
Cymene Diacetone-alcohol no Oxygen: Pyridine furnace
Chloromethane
Aldehydes: Chlorethane Compounds
Acetaldehyde Bromoethane containing
Methaldehyde Chloropropane Halogens:
Chlorobutane Telrafluoroethylene
Bromobutane Propane, 1 chloro
Dichlorethane 2, 3 epoxy
Dichlobutane (epichlorohydrin)
Bromobutane
Dichlorethane
Dichloropropane
Chlorobenzene
Benzyl chloride
Dichlorobenzene
Allyl chloride
Dichloroethylene

11
Classification of hazardous locations
The IEC has defined 3 areas of hazardous gas or vapour release as follows:

ZONE 0 ZONE 1 ZONE 2

Explosive Atmosphere Is Explosive Atmosphere Is Explosive Atmosphere May


Continuously Present Often Present Accidentally Be Present

Zone in which an explosive Zone in which an explosive Zone in which an explosive


mixture of gas, vapour or mist mixture of gas, vapour or mist mixture is not likely to occur in
is continuously present. is likely to occur during normal normal operation, and if it
operation. occurs will only exist for a
short time (leaks or
maintenance).

Comparisons of IEC zones with NEC divisions

IEC ZONE 0 ZONE 1 ZONE 2

NEC DIVISION 1 DIVISION 2

Example of zone classifications situations

Example 1

12
Example 2

Example 3

Comparison charts between IEC and NEC/CEC


Chart 1. Area classification IEC and NEC/CEC (Class/Division/Group)

Inflammable IEC/CENELEC NEC/CEC


gases & vapours Protection Zone Group Subdivision Class Division Group
Acetylene d and/or e 1 or 2 II C I 1 or 2 A
Hydrogen d and/or e 1 or 2 II C + H2 I 1 or 2 B
Propylene oxide
Ethyl oxide d and/or e 1 or 2 II B I 1 or 2 B
Butadiene
Cyclopropane
Ethyl ether d and/or e 1 or 2 II B I 1 or 2 C
Ethylene
Acetone
Benzene
Butane
Propane d and/or e 1 or 2 II A I 1 or 2 D
Hexane
Paint solvents
Natural gas

13
Chart 2. Temperature classification - IEC and NEC

o Classification
Temperatures in C
IEC NEC
85 T6 T6
100 T5 T5
120 T4A
T4
135 T4
160 T3C
165 T3B
T3
180 T3A
200 T3
215 T2D
230 T2C
260 T2 T2B
280 T2A
300 T2
450 T1 T1

Chart 3. Safe equipment operating temperature

Spontaneous ignition Temperature class of equipment


o
temperature of the gases (T ) o
T6 (85 )
o
T5 (100 )
o
T4 (135 ) T3 (200 )
o o
T2 (300 )
o
T1 (450 )
o o o
85 T 100
o o o
100 < T 135
o o o
135 < T 200
o o o
200 < T 300
o o o
300 < T 450
o o
450 < T

Temperatures given in oC
Equipment safe for use
Explosion danger

Chart 4. Protection techniques IEC and NEC/CEC

Identification Permitted in Permitted in


Protection method Principle
letters Division Zone
Flameproof d 2 1 or 2 Containment
Intrinsic safety (zone 0) ia 1 or 2 0, 1, 2 Energy limited
Intrinsic safety (zone 1) ib 2 1 or 2 Energy limited
Pressurization p 1 or 2 1 or 2 Expels vapours
Increased safety e 2 1 or 2 No arcs
Immersed in oil o 1 or 2 1 or 2 Arc immersion
Filled with powder/sand q 2 1 or 2 Arc immersion
Encapsulated m 2 1 or 2 Hermetic seal
Apparatus with n protection n 2 2 No sparking

14
Degrees of protection
Full enclosure protection is often required, either in the standards concerning potentially explosive atmospheres
or for other specific needs.

Chart 5. Correlation between IP (IEC) and NEMA 250 standards

IP10 NEMA 1
IP11 NEMA 2
IP14 NEMA 3R
IP52 NEMA 5-12-12K
IP54 NEMA 3-3S-13
IP56 NEMA 4-4X
IP67 NEMA 6-6P

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (US)


Enclosures to NEMA standards 7 to 10 concerns equipment for hazardous areas.

Electrical protection indices (in accordance with IEC 60529)

Types of protection
It applies to all types of protection that are in unhindered contact with the potentially explosive atmosphere.
Taking into account both the environmental temperature and the heating effect, the temperature may at most only
reach a value which corresponds to the temperature class in which the potentially explosive atmosphere has been
classified.

General requirements (IEC 60079-0)

All the general requirements for the equipment are summarized in this standard. The ignition protection type
standards may raise these requirements or lower them.

15
Uniform protection requirements concerning several types of protection such as protection against electrostatic
charging, provision of a potential bond for metal housings, or mechanical strength against impact, are
summarized in this standard under general engineering requirements. In this case, individual, more specific
standards can demand either more stringent requirements or less stringent ones.

These requirements ae based partially on those for electrical equipment for gases and vapours, deviations for
dust and non-electric equipment are contained in the individual basic standards. Categories 1 to 3 which the
equipment has to fulfill can also include different general requirements.
o o
The general temperature range for the application of explosion-protected equipment is defined as -20 C to +40 C.
Permissible deviations extending or restricting the temperature range must be specified.
o
The parameters determined at approximately +20 C for the subgroups IIA, IIB and IIC apply for a temperature
o o
range of 40K that is, from -20 C to +60 C.

These two temperature ranges take, on one hand, the situation at the workplace into account and also, on the
other, a certain heating up of the equipment when operating. The explosion pressure, permissible gap widths and
permissible non-igniting currents change outside this temperature range. This has to be considered when using
the equipment, and it can require different test conditions.

Application of ignition protection types

Gases/vapours Gases/vapours Dust


Ignition protection type Electrical Non-electrical Electrical
equipment equipment equipment
Flameproof enclosure -
Enclosed break device - -
Non-incendive component - -
Pressurized apparatus
n-pressurization - -
Powder filling - -
Oil immersion -
Increased safety - -
Non sparking apparatus - -
Encapsulation -
Hermetically sealed device - -
Encapsulated device - -
Sealed device - -
Protection by enclosure - -
Intrinsic safety -
Energy limited circuit - -
Restricted breathing enclosure -
Protection by constructional safety - -
Protection by control of ignition source - -

16
Main IEC protection techniques
Flameproof enclosure d

Zone 1 and 2 applications


Contains internal explosion
Controls external temperature of enclosure

Increased safety e
Zone 1 and 2 applications
High impact resistant enclosures
Will not hold static charge
Use approved components
Controls internal and external temperature
Maintains minimum of IP54 ingress protection
No arcs, no sparks

Flameproof plus increased safety de


Zone 1 and 2 applications
Location of arcing has d protection (flameproof)
Connection terminals have e protection (increased safety)
Typical use in switching controls, lighting, power outlets
Controls internal and external temperature

Non-sparking n
Zone 2 application
Equipment has no normally arcing parts
Thermal effects incapable of ignition
nA = non sparking
nR = restricted breathing
nC = hermetically sealed non incendive

Pressurized apparatus p
Zone 1 and 2 applications
Expels ignitable vapour/gas
Maintains positive enclosure pressure

Intrinsic safety ia ib
ia for zone 0 and 1 applications
ib for zone 1 application
Incapable of releasing enough energy to cause an explosion

Oil immersion o
Zone 1 and 2 applications
Immersion in oil separates equipment from explosive atmosphere
Typical use for transformers, switchgear
Controls external temperature of enclosure

17
Powder filling q
Zone 1 and 2 applications
Ignition source buried in powder or sand
Typical use for heater strips, capacitors
Controls external temperature of enclosure

Encapsulation m
Zone 1 and 2 applications
Ignition source embedded in a molding
Typical use in sensors, limit switches
Controls external temperature of enclosure

18
Travel unit components
Ex-DRS wheel block system
Ex-KEM travel assemblies

19
1 Ex-DRS wheel block system
Introduction

1.1 Ex-DRS 125 to 200


product description

The Ex-DRS 125 to 200 wheel block system, suitable for loads up to
10,000 kg, is a concept designed to meet customer wishes.

The advantages of the system are:


Robust aluminium housing with very good shape and position tolerances.
Variable basic design by fitting various travel wheel materials and shapes.
Weather-resistant due to surface powder coating (RAL 7001 silver grey).
Special paint finish available on request.
Possible compensation of track gauge deviations up to 8 mm.
Protected internal bearing arrangement.
Minimum maintenance due to bearings lubricated for life.
Travel wheel and bearings can be replaced thanks to bolted housing.
High installation availability since the housing does not necessarily need
to be removed to replace the travel wheel. Not having to realign the
housing saves time.
Damping element in the travel wheel reduces load on the gearbox.
Sixth connecting surface (e.g. for switching flags).
High-tensile bolted connections are galvanized and therefore provided
with a special surface protection.

Residual flange indicator enables preventive maintenance without risk to


the installation.

20
1.2 Ex-DRS 250 to 500
product description

The Ex-DRS 250 to 500 wheel block system, suitable for loads up to
40,000 kg, is designed as a heavy-duty travel unit based on the same
principle as the smaller 125 - 200 series.

The advantages of the system are:


A robust spheroidal graphite cast iron housing with precisely machined
connecting surfaces.
Variable basic design by fitting various travel wheel materials and shapes.
Possible compensation of track gauge deviations up to 4 mm or skewing
0
up to 14 /00.
Protected internal bearing arrangement featuring tapered-roller. Minimum
maintenance due to bearings lubricated for life.
The anti-friction bearing arrangement is prepared for re-lubrication and
re-lubrication sets can be simply added later on.
Travel wheel and bearings can be replaced thanks to bolted housing,
without the housing having to be removed.
High installation availability since the housing does not necessarily need
to be removed to replace the travel wheel.
Not having to realign the housing saves time.
The torque bracket, designed to match the wheel block, reduces peak
loads which occur as a result of the travel wheel slipping torque.
High-tensile bolted connections are galvanized and therefore provided
with a special surface protection.
Residual flange indicator enables preventive maintenance without risk to
the installation.

21
1.3 Modular wheel block The patented modular wheel block system is an optimum combination of
drives and rail-guided travel units. The system is used for tasks such as
system supporting, guiding and driving loads. All fittings feature connection
arrangements which have been proven over decades.

22
1.4 Drive arrangements

Ex-AME 10 40 offset gearboxes Ex-ADE 40 80 offset gearboxes

Ex-AMK 10 40 offset gearboxes Ex-ADK 40 80 and AUK 90 offset gearboxes

Ex-WUE 10 50 angular gearboxes Ex-WUE 40 80 angular gearboxes

Ex-WUK 10 50 angular gearboxes Ex-WUK 40 100 angular gearboxes

23
1.5 Prohibited practises, Under the following operating conditions, malfunctions, failure or hazard
to life and limb may occur, e.g. in the case of:
improper use
Acidic, corrosive air as coolant
Operation outside the permitted temperature range
Exceeding the permissible load
Exceeding the design service life
Operation under prohibited ambient conditions
Use of connecting elements not designed for use with the wheel block
Use of non-genuine parts
Non-compliance with the assembly instructions
Bolted connections which are not tightened with the specified torque
Incomplete assembly of connecting elements
Occurrence of peak loads which were not considered in the design

Note: Please contact the manufacturer for special operating conditions.


Safety measures must not be rendered inoperative or modified or
used for purposes other than those for which they are intended.

1.6 Friction bearing


arrangement
1.6.1 Friction bearings
(Ex-DRS 125 200)

Standard: Options:
The friction bearings of Ex-DRS Use low-maintenance grooved ball
125 - 200 wheel blocks are bearings with double-lip seals for
protected and arranged inside the extreme moist conditions.
wheel block housing. This bearing Suitable for temperatures from
arrangement features grooved ball -20 C to +110 C and normal
bearings lubricated for life and ambient conditions.
sealed with two cover discs,
reducing maintenance to a
minimum, and are particularly
suitable for high axial loads.
Suitable for temperatures from
-20 C to +70 C and normal
ambient conditions.

1.6.2 Friction bearings Standard:


(Ex-DRS 250 500) The friction roller bearing arrangement
of the Ex-DRS 250 - 500 wheel block
is protected within the wheel block
housing. The compact tapered roller
bearing with NILOS and V sealing
rings saves space despite the high
radial and axial load capability and is
filled with grease ready for application.
The housing and travel wheel
arrangement provide an additional trap
system. The bearing is lubricated for
life. Appropriate greases are used for
temperature ranges from -20 C to
+70 C and normal ambient conditions.
Options:
Relubrication with flat lubrication nipple or relubrication line.
Temperature range + 70 C to 150 C ambient temperature with use of hot
bearing grease, Viton (FPM) - V- sealing ring and screw plug in the
lubrication opening.

24
1.7 Travel wheel materials

EN-GJS-700-2 (GGG 70) GJS-700-2 (GGG 70) is a spheroidal graphite cast iron, a material with a
self-lubricating effect owing to the graphite incorporated in it. This means
that the wheels feature high resistance to wear for a low travel resistance,
with rail wear also being reduced to a minimum. The high inherent
damping effect of the travel wheels guarantees good running
characteristics for the travel unit. Travel wheels which perform a guide
function, e.g. flange-guided, with a minimum gap between the edge of the
tread and the travel wheel rail of 1 mm and a guide roller assembly with
the same distance are available. If extreme wear is expected, e.g. casting
sand or similar, the travel wheel tread surface or guide flange can be
hardened to 56 2 HRc for slip-free operation. This hardening is only to
reduce wear.

Application of the various Properties Spheroidal


travel wheel types graphite
cast iron
High acceleration with friction connection above 0.5 m/s
High acceleration as positive connection above 0.5 m/s
High pressure wheel/rail
Counterpart material steel
Counterpart material aluminium -
Counterpart material concrete -
Counterpart material screed -
Counterpart material wood
Temperature up to 100 C (Ex-DRS 125 to 200)
High humidity at high temperatures
Outdoor operation with ice and snow

suitable partially suitable - not suitable

For operating conditions in which increased travel wheel wear is likely


Travel wheels with
(e.g. rails with extreme dirt accumulation), the running surfaces and
hardened treads
flanges of the spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheels can be hardened
(to a depth of 2 to 3 mm). For this to be possible, travel wheel sizes
125 - 200 must not feature any flange wear indicators. Hardening is then
to 56 2 HRc.

25
1.8 Paint finish

Standard Ex-DRS 125 - 200


The aluminium wheel block housings are provided with a
weather-resistant powder coating in RAL 7001 (silver grey) with a
minimum thickness of 90 m before leaving the factory.
A uniform coating quality is ensured by a works standard oriented to meet
wheel block housing requirements.

Ex-DRS 250 - 500


Primer coat: Single coat of silver grey paint, coat thickness approx. 40 m
Finish coat: Silver grey RAL 7001, 50% shine, approx. 50 m

Special paint finish Ex-DRS 125 - 200


For special paint finishes, wheel blocks can be supplied with a dual
component PUR finish coat at the request of the customer.
If the paint finish is to be applied by the customer, attention must be paid
to works standard for special paint finish on powder-coated wheel block
surfaces.

Ex-DRS 250 - 500


For non-standard RAL colours, a corresponding finish coat may be
applied to wheel blocks at the request of the customer.
Special paint finishes on request.

Acid-resistant paint finish Ex-DRS 125 - 200


The surfaces of wheel blocks with a powder-coated finish may be used in
environments with acid vapours without any treatment. Alternatively, a
dual component acid protection paint finish may be applied to
appropriately pre-treated housings. Wheel blocks must also be fitted with
ball bearings featuring double lip seals. The gap between the housing and
the cover is seated with an acid-proof varnish.

Ex-DRS 250 - 500


Wheel blocks can be supplied with an acid protection paint finish for
applications in environments with acid vapours.

26
1.9 Reduction factor for A uniform temperature-dependent reduction factor fk is used for the entire
wheel block.
driven wheel blocks

For temperature fk
Ex-DRS - 20 C
up to up to up to up to
wheel block up to
50 C 60 C 70 C 80 C
size + 40 C
125 - 200 1 0.85 0.8 0.75 0.6
250 - 500 1 1 0.92 0.90 0.88

for rail material fSt Factor fSt


Material Standard
Travel wheel Linear contact Point contact
material GJS-700-2 St 70-2/E 360 1 1
(GGG 70) Rail
St 60-2/E 335 1 0.44 DIN EN
St 52-3/S 355 J 2 G 3 1 0.38 10025
St 37-2/ S 235 J R 0.25 0.01

straight travel wheel - curved rail

27
2 Ex-DRS wheel block system
Selection

2.1 Load spectra Light (k 0.5):


Mechanisms, or parts thereof,
usually subject to light loads
and occasional subject to light
loads and occasional
maximum loads.

Medium (0.5 < k 0.8):


Mechanisms, or parts thereof,
usually subject to light loads,
but with a higher incidence of
maximum load.

Heavy (0.63 < k 0.8):


Mechanisms, or parts thereof,
usually subject to medium
loads, and frequently to
maximum loads.

Very heavy (0.8 < k 1):


Mechanisms, or parts thereof,
usually subject to maximum
or almost maximum loads

Average daily operating time in hours


Load spectrum 0.25 0.5 1 2 4 8 16 > 16
light k 0.50 - - - I Bm I Am 2m 3m 4m
medium k 0.63 - - I Bm I Am 2m 3m 4m 5m
heavy k 0.80 - I Bm I Am 2m 3m 4m 5m -
very heavy k 1 I Bm I Am 2m 3m 4m 5m - -

28
2.2 Wheel block size Rapid selection of wheel block sizes depending on the loads to be
displaced according to stress factor groups and travel speed.
selection The basis for selection is the maximum useful rail head width for flat
rails

Group of mechanisms/stress group Travel speed in m/min


FEM 3m 2m 1 Am 1 Bm
20 40
ISO M6 M5 M4 M3
1580 1990 2500 3150
1710 2090 2720 3420
1840 2320 2930 3690
1990 2500 3150 3970
125
2150 2710 3420 4300
2320 2930 3690 4650
2500 3150 3970 5000
2900 3650 4520 5560
3150 3960 4870 6000
3390 4230 5210 6410 160
3650 4520 5570 6850
3950 4850 5980 7000
4350 4900 6040 7440
4720 5290 6510 8010
5080 5650 6960 8570
5480 6040 7440 9160
200
5930 6490 7990 9840
6340 6960 8570 10000
Mass in kg

6450 7200 8860 10910


6730 8290 10200 12560
7200 8860 10910 13430
7730 9520 11720 14430
250
8290 10200 12550 15470
9520 11720 14430 16000
12050 12920 13850 16410
12360 13240 14350 17670
12640 13540 15340 18890
12920 13850 16410 20200
315
13230 14310 17620 21700
13540 15340 18890 22000
17480 19390 20980 25830
18540 19880 22590 27810
18960 20320 24150 29740
400
19390 20980 25830 30000
21668 24792 28041 34523
23120 25411 30197 37176
24244 26225 32287 39750
500
24792 28041 34523 40000

29
2.3 Combining the wheel block system
with offset geared motors

Ex-DRS wheel block size


Offset gearbox
125 160 200 250 315 400 500

Hub profile N 35 N 35 N 45 N 45 N 50 N 50 N 65 N 65 N 75 N 75 N 90 N 90 N 110

Travel wheel
GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2
material

Gearbox size

Ex-A 20 - - - - - - - - - - -
Ex-A 30 - - - - - - - - - -
Ex-A 40 - - - - - - - - - -
Ex-A 50 - - - - - - - - - -
Ex-A 60 - - - - - - - - - -
Ex-A 70 - - - - - - - - - -
Ex-A 80 - - - - - - - - - - -
Ex-A 90 - - - - - - - - - - - -
Universal shaft F - - - - - -

= possible combination with journal shafts Note:


Check the motor mounting
= possible combination with splined hollow shaft for splined shafts
arrangement for central drives
- = not possible

30
with angular geared motors

Ex-DRS wheel block size


Angular gearbox
125 160 200 250 315 400 500

Hub profile N 35 N 35 N 45 N 45 N 50 N 50 N 65 N 65 N 75 N 75 N 90 N 90 N 110

Travel wheel

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2

GJS-700-2
material

Gearbox size

Ex-W 20 - - - - - - - - - - -
Ex-W 30 - - - - - - - - - -
Ex-W 40 - - - - - - - - - -
Ex-W 50 - - - - - - - - - -
Ex-W 60 - - - - - - - -
Ex-W 70 - - - - - - - - -
Ex-W 80 - - - - - - - - - - -
Ex-W 90 - - - - - - - - - - - -
Universal shaft F - - - - - - -

= possible combination with journal shafts


= possible combination with splined hollow shaft for splined shafts
- = not possible

31
2.4 ZI central drive unit, inside arrangement
Possible combinations of wheel block, gearbox and motor (A type offset gearbox) determined on the
basis of the degree of freedom between the shaft coupling and motor bottom edge

Ex-DRS wheel block size


125 160 200 250 315 400 500
Motor frame size
Ex-A offset gearbox size
20 30 30 40 40 50 50 60 60 70 70 80 80 90
63 A/B
71 A/B
80 A/B
90 S/L
100 LB
112 M
132 S/M/L
160 M/L
180 M/L
200 LA/LB
225 S/M

= Possible combination

I central drive unit, inside arrangement


No limitation for Ex-DRS wheel block and angular geared motor combinations

Splined shaft profile Diameter


Measuring pin
to DIN 5480 checking
diameter
(Pressure angle 30) dimension Me
DM
Me
W30xl.25x22 6g/7H 33.078 -0.0196 2.75

W35x2x16 6g/7H 38.972 -0.023 4

W45x2x21 6g/7H 48.907 -0.022 4

W50x2x24 6g/7H 54.187 -0.025 4

W65x2x31 6g/7H 69.024 -0.028 4

W75x3x24 6g/7H 81.292 -0.028 6

W90x3x28 6g/7H 95.945 -0.0265 6

W110x3x35 6g/7H 116.036 -0.0306 6

32
2.5 Ground clearance Gearbox: vertical arrangement
between wheel tread Ex-AM/AD offset gearbox
surface and lower
edge of gearbox or
motor

Ex-WU angular gearbox

Ground Component
Ex-DRS wheel 1)
Gearbox type clearance x obstacle
block size
in mm edge
Ex-AM 20 +5 B
Ex-AM 30 - 13 A
125
Ex-WU 20 - 18 B
Ex-WU 30 - 28 A
Ex-AM 20 + 11 B
Ex-AM 30 +5 A
Ex-AM 40 - 10 A
160
Ex-WU 20 -2 B
Ex-WU 30 - 10 A
Ex-WU 40 - 25 A
Ex-AM 30 + 15 B
Ex-AM 40 + 10 A
Ex-AD 50 - 15 A
200 Ex-WU 30 -5 B
Ex-WU 40 -5 B
Ex-WU 50 - 20 A
Ex-WU 60 - 10 B
Ex-AD 40 + 20 B
Ex-AD 50 + 10 A
Ex-AD 60 - 15 A
250 Ex-WU 40 + 20 A
Ex-WU 50 +5 A
Ex-WU 60 + 15 A
Ex-WU 70 -5 A

33
Ground clearance Gearbox: vertical arrangement
between wheel tread Ground Component
surface and lower Ex-DRS wheel 1)
Gearbox type clearance x obstacle
block size
edge of gearbox or in mm edge
motor Ex-AD 50 + 29 B
Ex-AD 60 + 17 A
Ex-AD 70 -8 A
315 Ex-WU 50 + 29 B
Ex-WU 60 + 29 B
Ex-WU 70 + 27 A
Ex-WU 80 - 28 A
Ex-AD 60 + 55 B
Ex-AD 70 + 35 A
Ex-AD 80 -1 A
400
Ex-WU 70 + 55 B
Ex-WU 80 + 15 A
Ex-WU 90 -5 A
Ex-AD 70 + 82 B
Ex-AD 80 + 49 A
Ex-AU 90 + 10 A
500
Ex-WU 80 + 65 A
Ex-WU 90 + 45 A
Ex-WU 100 - 10 A

1) Table values are based on the nominal travel wheel diameter wheel
(wheel block size).
Obstacle edge A Gearbox housing
Obstacle edge B Torque bracket

The ground clearance results from the mounting combinations (gearbox - torque bracket or gearbox - motor)

34
Flat rail to
2.6 Rail types Rail shape
DIN 536
DIN 5601
DIN 1017 or
Shape A
1014
2.6.1 Assessment of rail types

Assessment
criteria

- small (B1, B2) 2) + + +


Wheel loads - medium (200 kN, + + -
500kN) O + -
- large (>500 kN)
- small (B1, B2) 2) + + +
Duty - medium (B3, B4) + + +
- large (B5, B6) O + O
Rail support - steel + + +
And assignment - concrete - + +
to crane runway - sleepers - - +
To accommodate lateral forces + + O
Lateral - guide rollers + + O
guidance - flanges + + +
For - wind drift safety + + +
fitting devices
- tilt safety devices - O +

Source: based on VDI 3576, 1) Verification of calculation required


July 1995 2) Stress factor groups to DIN 15018

+ suitable
O partially suitable
- not suitable

35
Clamping plate for alignment
to RlW-NO 17938

Crane rail Dimensions Tightening torque


Rated h3 h4 Bolt
without Nut
size with pad B1 B2 h2 934 936 Nut
pad
DIN 934 DIN 936 DIN 934 DIN 936
A45 125 245 55 14 19
A55 150 270 65 24 29
14 - A65 175 295 75 34 39 M 16x40 M 16x35 205 Nm 100 Nm
A75 85 44 49
200 320
A 100 95 54 50
A 45 125 245 55 15 20
A 55 - 150 270 65 25 30
M 16x45 M 16x40 205 Nm 100 Nm
18 A 65 175 295 75 35 40
- A 120 220 340 105 59 64
A 75 85 40 45
200 320
22 A 100 - 95 50 55 M 16x50 M 16x45 205 Nm 100 Nm
A 120 220 340 105 60 65

Clamping plate for crane rail


to RlW-NO 17942

Rated Application Girder Clearance Bore hole


size width dimension spacing
for guide
rollers
1) for rail B min h4 W
16 A 45/A 55 307/232 34/45 171/196
18 A 65/A 75 257/282 53/63 221
20 A 100 282 71 246
22 A 120 79
302 266
24 A 150 122

1) Allows for a 6 mm pad. Select the relevant rated size for


other thicknesses. Use the next smaller rated size for the
clamped version.

36
2.6.2 Manufacturers tolerances

Tolerance Crane runways


Tolerance class
Designation Diagram Tolerance class 1 Tolerance class 2
3

Tolerance A
of track gauge for s 16 m: for s 16 m: for s 16 m:
dimension s of A = 5 mm A = 5 mm A = 8 mm
crane rails with for s > 16 m: for s > 16 m: for s > 16 m:
reference to the rail A = [3+0.25(s- A = [5+0.25(s- A = [8+0.25(s-
centre and crane 16)] 16)] 16)]
runway length A in mm A in mm A in mm
use s in m use s in m use s in m

Smax=s + A Smin=s - A

Tolerance B
of the lateral
straightness of the
rail head with
reference to the
crane runway
length
B = 5 mm B = 10 mm B = 20 mm
Tolerance b
b = 1 mm b = 1 mm b = 2 mm
of the lateral
straightness with
reference to 2000
mm measured
length (sample
length) at any point
of the rail head
Position of a rail seen in plan

Tolerance C
of the straightness
with reference to
the height of the
crane rail centre
and crane rail
length
Tolerance c C = 5 mm C = 10 mm C = 20 mm
of the straightness c = 1 mm c = 2 mm c = 4 mm
with reference to
2000 mm
measured length
(sample
measurement) at
any point of the
Position of a rail seen in elevation
crane runway
(longitudinal slope)

Tolerance E
of the height with
reference to E = 0.5/% x s E = 1/% x s in E = 2/% x s
perpendicular in mm mm in mm
measuring points at Use s in mm Use s in mm Use s in mm
every point of the Emax = 5 mm Emax = 10 mm Emax = 20 mm
crane runway Position of a rails in relation to one
another in elevation
(transverse slope)

Source: VDI 3576


Recommended: Tolerance class 2

37
2.6.3 Travel wheel type

Standard travel wheel design

GJS (GGG) flange


-guided travel wheel

2.6.4 Wheel tread/crane rail widths


GJS-700-2 (GGG 70) A
spheroidal graphite
cast iron travel wheel

Travel wheel Travel wheel


Travel wheel type Distance s Rail width
diameter width
A per side

Travel wheel tread b1 1)

to to 3) Standard min. max. k

125 80 60 62 47, 60 1 5 40, 45, 50, 55, 60

160 89 65 67 47, 60, 65 1 5 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65

200 101 67 75 65, (75 2)) 1 5 50, 55, 60, 70

250 110 77 - 52, 65, 75 1 5 50,55,60,70,75

315 130 90 - 80, 90 1 5 60, 70 75, 80, 90

400 155 110 - 80, 90, 110 1 5 65, 70, 75, 80, 90, 100

500 170 110 - 90, 110 1 5 70, 75, 80, 90, 100

1) Tolerance class 2 to VDI 3576


short delivery times
2) Ex-DRS 125-200 available in steps of 1 mm
3) Hardened travel wheels (treads and flanges),
flanges without wear indicator

38
2.6.5 Linear contact GGG spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material
Flat rail straight
travel wheel
Rail shape Suitable for guide roller arrangement Useful rail head
Flat rail Ex-DRS width

DIN 1017 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 k k1 in mm


45 x 30 (-) (-) - - - - 45
45 x 45 - - - 45
50 x 30 (-) (-) - - - - 50
50 x 40 - - - - 50
55 x 30 (-) (-) - - - - 55
55 x 55 - - 55
60 x 30 (-) (-) - - - - 60
60 x 40 (-) - - - 60
60 x 50 - k=k 1 60
60 x 60 - 60
65 x 40 (-) - - - 65
70 x 40 - - - - - 70
70 x 50 - - 70
75 x 40 - (-) - - - 75
80 x 40 - - (-) - - - 80
80 x 50 - - - 80
90 x 60 - - - - 90
100 x 60 - - - - - 100

( - ) Maybe used for some applications. Check with engineering department


for special design

Rperm (rail) = Rperm (linear) fSt

Rperm (rail) = permissible wheel load for linear contact on steel rails
Rperm (linear) = permissible wheel load for linear contact
fSt = reduction factor for rail material for linear contact

Factor fSt
Material Standard
Linear contact

St 70-2/E 360 1
Rail
St 60-2/E 335 1
DIN EN 10025
St 52-3/S 355 J 2 G 3 1

St 37-2/ S 235 J R 0.25


Permissible wheel loads Rperm (rail) are used for determining the maximum
permissible wheel load for a wheel block.

Rperm (temperature) = Rperm (linear) fk

fk = reduction factor for temperature of driven design


Comparison of Rperm (temperature) with Rperm (rail)
Important: Use the smallest permissible value for further calculation.

39
Linear contact
GGG spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material
Temperature range -20 C to +40 C (for further temperature ranges see section 1.9)
Rail material: St 70-2/E 360, St 60-2/E 335, St 52-3/S 355 J 2 G 3

Ex-DRS 125 For all connection variants


Group of mechanisms Permissible wheel load in kg
Useful rail head
Travel speed in m/min
FEM ISO width in mm
20 40
30 4110 3330
35 4790 3890
40 4450
1 Bm M3
45
50 5000
55
30 3330 2710
35 3890 3160
40 4450 3610
1 Am M4
45
50 5000 3970
55
30 2710 2200
35 3160 2570
40 3610 2930
2m M5
45
50 3970 3150
55
30 2330 2030
35 2720 2370
40 3110
3m M6
45
2500
50 3150
55
30 2100 1830
35 2450
40
4m M7
45 1990
2510
50
55
30 1860
35
40
5m M8 1580
45 2000
50
55

40
Linear contact
GGG spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material
Temperature range -20 C to +40 C (for further temperature ranges see section 1.9)
Rail material: St 70-2/E 360, St 60-2/E 335, St 52-3/S 355 J 2 G 3

Ex-DRS 160 For all connection variants


Group of mechanisms Permissible wheel load in kg
Useful rail head
Travel speed in m/min
FEM ISO width in mm
20 40
30 5660 4600
35 6610 5370
40 6130
1 Bm M3
45 6900
50 7000
55
30 4600 3730
35 5370 4360
40 6130 4980
1 Am M4
45 6900 5600
50 7000 6230
55 6850
30 3730 3030
35 4360 3540
40 4980 4040
2m M5
45 5600 4550
50 6230 5060
55 6850 5560
30 3080 2760
35 3590 3220
40 4110 3680
3m M6
45 4620 4150
50 5140 4610
55 5580 4760
30 2770 2490
35 3230 2900
40 3700 3320
4m M7
45 4160 3730
50 4450 3800
55 4450 3800
30 2460 2210
35 2870 2580
40 3290 2950
5m M8
45
50 3540 3020
55

41
Linear contact
GGG spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material
Temperature range -20 C to +40 C (for further temperature ranges see section 1.9)
Rail material: St 70-2/E 360, St 60-2/E 335, St 52-3/S 355 J 2 G 3

Ex-DRS 200 For all connection variants


Group of mechanisms Permissible wheel load in kg
Useful rail head
Travel speed in m/min
FEM ISO width in mm
20 40
30 7570 6150
35 8830 7170
40 8200
1 Bm M3
45 9220
50 10000
55
30 6150 4990
35 7170 5830
40 8200 6660
1 Am M4
45 9220 7490
50 8320
10000
55 9160
30 4990 4050
35 5830 4730
40 6660 5410
2m M5
45 7490 6080
50 8320 6760
55 9160 7440
30 4050 3610
35 4730 4220
40 5410 4820
3m M6
45 6080 5420
50 6760 6030
55 7440 6630
30 3570 3250
35 4170 3790
40 4770 4340
4m M7
45 5360 4880
50 5960 5420
55 6480 5640
30 3180 2890
35 3710 3370
40 4240 3850
5m M8
45 4770 4340
50
5160 4480
55

42
Linear contact
GGG spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material
Temperature range -20 C to +50 C (for further temperature ranges see section 1.9)
Rail material: St 70-2/E 360, St 60-2/E 335, St 52-3/S 355 J 2 G 3

Ex-DRS 250 For all connection variants


Group of mechanisms Permissible wheel load in kg
Useful rail head
Travel speed in m/min
FEM ISO width in mm
20 40
30 10100 8500
35 11800 9900
40 13500 11350
1 Bm M3 45 15150 12750
50 14150
55 15600
60 16000
65
30 8500 6900
35 9900 8050
40 11350 9200
1 Am M4 45 12750 10350
50 14150 11500
55 15600 12650
60 13800
16000
65 14950
30 6900 5600
35 8050 6550
40 9200 7500
2m M5 45 10350 8400
50 11500 9350
55 12650 10300
60 13800 11200
65 14950 12150
30 5600 4950
35 6550 5800
40 7500 6600
3m M6 45 8400 7450
50 9350 8250
55 10300 9100
60 11200 9900
65 12150 10750
30 4950 4650
35 5800 5400
40 6600 6200
4m M7 45 7450 6950
50 8300 7700
55 9100 8500
60 9950 9250
65 10750 9300
30 4650 4350
35 5400 5050
40 6200 5750
5m M8 45 6950 6500
50 7750 7200
55 8500
60 9250 7600
65 9300

43
Linear contact
GGG spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material
Temperature range -20 C to +50 C (for further temperature ranges see section 1.9)
Rail material: St 70-2/E 360, St 60-2/E 335, St 52-3/S 355 J 2 G 3

Ex-DRS 315 For all connection variants


Group of mechanisms Permissible wheel load in kg
Useful rail head
Travel speed in m/min
FEM ISO width in mm
20 40
30 12750 11500
35 14850 13400
40 17000 15300
1 Bm M3 45 19100 17200
50 21250 19150
55 21050
60 22000
65
30 11500 9300
35 13400 10900
40 15300 12450
1 Am M4 45 17200 14000
50 19150 15550
55 21050 17100
60 18650
22000
65 20200
30 9300 7550
35 10900 8850
40 12450 10100
2m M5 45 14000 11350
50 15550 12600
55 17100 13900
60 18650 15150
65 20200 16400
30 7550 6400
35 8850 7450
40 10100 8550
3m M6 45 11350 9600
50 12650 10650
55 13900 11700
60 15150 12800
65 16400 13850
30 6400 6000
35 7450 6950
40 8550 7950
4m M7 45 9600 8950
50 10650 9950
55 11750 10950
60 12800 11950
65 13850 12950
30 6000 5600
35 7000 6500
40 7950 7450
5m M8 45 8950 8350
50 9950 9300
55 10950 10250
60 11950 11150
65 12950 12100

44
Linear contact
GGG spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material
Temperature range -20 C to +50 C (for further temperature ranges see section 1.9)
Rail material: St 70-2/E 360, St 60-2/E 335, St 52-3/S 355 J 2 G 3

Ex-DRS 400 For all connection variants


Group of mechanisms Permissible wheel load in kg
Useful rail head
Travel speed in m/min
FEM ISO width in mm
20 40
30 21600 20900
35 24300 23500
40 27000 26100
1 Bm M3 45 29650 28700
50
55 30000
60
65
30 20900 16950
35 23500 19100
40 26100 21200
1 Am M4 45 28700 23300
50 25450
55 27550
60 30000 29700
65
30 16950 13800
35 19100 15500
40 21200 17200
2m M5 45 23300 18950
50 25450 20650
55 27550 22400
60 29700 24100
65 30000 25850
30 13800 11200
35 15500 12600
40 17200 14000
3m M6 45 18950 15400
50 20650 16800
55 22400 18200
60 24100 19600
65 25850 21000
30 11250 10350
35 12650 11650
40 14050 12950
4m M7 45 15450 14250
50 16850 15550
55 18250 16850
60 19650 18150
65 21100 19450
30 10350 9650
35 11650 10900
40 12950 12100
5m M8 45 14250 13300
50 15550 14500
55 16850 15700
60 18150 16950
65 19450 17650

45
Linear contact
GGG spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material
Temperature range -20 C to +50 C (for further temperature ranges see section 1.9)
Rail material: St 70-2/E 360, St 60-2/E 335, St 52-3/S 355 J 2 G 3

Ex-DRS 500 For all connection variants


Group of mechanisms Permissible wheel load in kg
Useful rail head
Travel speed in m/min
FEM ISO width in mm
20 40
30 26950 26950
35 30300 30300
40 33700 33700
1 Bm M3 45 37050 37050
50
55
40000
60
65
30 26950 22650
35 30300 25500
40 33700 28300
1 Am M4 45 37050 31150
50 34000
55 40000 36800
60 39650
65
30 22650 18400
35 25500 20700
40 28300 23000
2m M5 45 31150 25300
50 34000 27600
55 36800 29900
60 39650 32200
65 40000 34500
30 18400 14950
35 20700 16800
40 23000 18650
3m M6 45 25300 20550
50 27600 22400
55 29900 24300
60 32200 26150
65 34500 28000
30 15000 13200
35 16900 14850
40 18750 16550
4m M7 45 20650 18200
50 22500 19850
55 24400 21500
60 26250 23150
65 28150 24800
30 13250 12350
35 14900 13900
40 16550 15450
5m M8 45 18200 17000
50 19850 18500
55 21500 20050
60 23150
21600
65 24850

46
2.6.6 Point contact
Convex/curved rail
cylindrical travel wheel

Spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material

Rail curve
DIN Rail shape
radius in mm
536 part 1 A 45 400
A 55 400
A 65 400
A 75 500
A 100 500
A 120 600
A 150 800

Suitable for guide roller arrangement


Rail shape depending on rail fastening
Crane rail Ex-DRS
DIN 536, part 1
125 160 200 250 315 400 500

A 45 A/C A/C A A A - -

A 55 A/C A/C A/C A/C A - -

A 65 A/B/C/D A/C/D A/C -

A 75 - A/B/C/D A/C/D A/C -

A 100 - - - - A/C/D

A 120 - - - - - A/B/C/D

A 150 - - - - - A/B/C/D

Rail fastening method:


A: welded
B: bolted with clamping plate to RIW-NO 17938
C: bolted with clamping plate to RIW-NO 17942
D: bolted with clamping plate and bolts to DIN 936

Rperm (rail) = Rperm (point) fSt fRS

Rperm (rail) = Permissible wheel load for point contact on steel rails
Rperm (point) = Permissible wheel load for point contact
fSt = Reduction factor for the rail material for point contact
fR = Reduction factor for the curve radius for point contact

Factor fSt
Material Standard
Point contact

St 70-2/E 360 1
Rail
St 60-2/E 335 0.44
DIN EN 10025
St 52-3/S 355 J 2 G 3 0.38

St 37-2/ S 235 J R 0.01

47
Permissible wheel loads Rperm (rail) are used for determining the maximum
permissible wheel load for a wheel block.

Rperm (temperature) = Rperm (linear) fk

fk = reduction factor for temperature of driven design


Comparison of Rperm (temperature) with Rperm (rail)
Important: Use the smallest permissible value for further calculation.

Note:
Cylindrical travel wheels on curved rails are standard, concave special
travel wheels on flat rails are special cases.
Travel wheel material: spheroidal graphite cast iron.

Rail curve radius


DIN Rail shape
in mm
S 10 140
S 14 160
S 18 180
S 20 200
5901
S 30 305
S 33 225
S 41 400
S 49 300
225
S 24
5902 225
S 33
400

Reduction factor fRS Point contact


for curve radius Convex/curved rail - cylindrical travel wheel
Flat rail - concave travel wheel
Spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel material

Curve radius r2 Ex-DRS wheel block size


in mm 125 160 200 250 315 400 500
> 140 - - - - - - -
140 0.53 0.42 0.37 0.29 0.26 0.24 0.22
160 0.59 0.47 0.42 0.33 0.30 0.28 0.26
180 0.66 0.52 0.46 0.37 0.34 0.31 0.29
210 0.74 0.59 0.53 0.42 0.39 0.36 0.34
225 0.79 0.63 0.56 0.45 0.42 0.39 0.37
300 0.99 0.80 0.71 0.58 0.54 0.52 0.49
305 1 0.81 0.72 0.59 0.55 0.52 0.50
400 1 1 0.90 0.73 0.70 0.67 0.64
500 1 1 1 0.88 0.84 0.81 0.78
600 1 1 1 1 0.97 0.95 0.92
625 1 1 1 1 1 0.98 0.95
645 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.98
665 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
790 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1005 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1260 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

48
2.7 Selection
2.7.1 Type designation key (example) for basic wheel blocks

EX DRS 125 A35 A 60 K X A20

Prepared for torque bracket connection:


Ex-A Offset gearboxes 20/30/40/50/
60/70/80/90
Ex-W Angular gearboxes 10/20/30/40/
50/60/70/80/90
X indicates: no gearbox considered

Guide roller arrangement,


prepared for:
X indicates: no guide roller
Connection variants, prepared for:
K Top connection
W Side connection
B Pin connection
X indicates: no connection variant

Travel wheel tread b1:


for type A : see section 2.6.4

Travel wheel type


A GGG with flanges on both sides

Basic type
A.. Driven wheel block, for torque
bracket fitting
and indication of hub profiles
MA . . Wheel block also driven
and indication of hub profiles
NA .. Non-driven wheel block

Wheel block sizes 125, 160, 200, 250, 315, 400, 500

Wheel block system (DRS)

EX Ex-proof

49
Ex-DRS 125 200 basic types Ex-DRS 250 500 basic types

A MA NA A/MA NA

Hub profile see section 2.3

Ex-DRS 125 200 travel wheel variants Ex-DRS 250 500 travel wheel variants

A A

Travel wheel tread


Travel Travel
A wheel wheel Travel wheel type Rail width
diameter width Distance s
per side
A 1)
Travel wheel tread b1 2)
to to 3) Standard min. max. k
125 80 60 62 47, 60 1 5 40, 45, 50, 55, 60
160 89 65 67 47, 60, 65 1 5 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65
200 101 67 75 65, (75 3)) 1 5 50, 55, 60, 70
250 110 77 - 52, 65, 75 1 5 50,55,60,70,75
315 130 90 - 80, 90 1 5 60, 70 75, 80, 90
400 155 110 - 80, 90, 110 1 5 65, 70, 75, 80, 90, 100
500 170 110 - 90, 110 1 5 70, 75, 80, 90, 100

1) Tolerance class 2 to VDI 3576


2) Ex-DRS 125 -200 available in steps of 1 mm
short delivery times
3) Treads and flanges hardened, flanges without
wear indicator

Ex-DRS 125 200 connection variants Ex-DRS 250 500 connection variants
K W B K W B
Box section End connection Box section End connection
girder girder Ex-DRS 250

50
3 Ex-DRS wheel block system
Data and dimensions

3.1 Data and dimensions Ex-DRS 125 - 200


Ex-DRS 125 160 Ex-DRS 200

Ex-DRS 125 Ex-DRS 200


M12x12 deep M16x14 deep A
Ex-DRS 160 (Only if wheel block
M16x14 deep Is prepared for
(Only if wheel block fitting guide rollers)
Is prepared for
fitting guide rollers)

Z MA NA

Travel wheel type

51
Ex-DRS wheel block dimensions

Ex-DRS Splined hub


Dimensions in mm
wheel profile
block DIN 5480 1) a1 a2 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 a10 a11
size D 0.02 0.1 0.1 0.02
N 30 +4
125 220 170 55 175 175 20 40 50 37 37.5
N 35 -7

N 35 +3
160 275 220 55 220 220 25 55 54 47.5 20
N 45 -5

N 45 +3
200 340 275 65 275 275 35 75 62 64 40
N 50 -5

1)Note: See combinations in section 2.3

Ex-DRS
Dimensions in mm
wheel
block a13 a14 a15 a16 a24 b1 b1 b2 b3 c1 c2 c3 d1 d2
size max 2) -0.2
125 184 50 24 18 - 60 62 80 33 98 52 73 125 150
160 - - - - - 65 67 89 33 110 59 84 160 188
200 - - - - 56 67 75 101 36 130 69 93.3 200 230

2) Treads and flanges hardened, flanges without wear indicators

Ex-DRS
Dimensions in mm
wheel
d4 d5 d6 d8 d10 d11 h1 h2 h3 s
block d3 d9
size -0.2 F8
4.8x5
125 145 140 M12 M12 13 21 M8 147.5 53.5 100 10
deep
160 183 180 M16 M12 17 30 - M10 187 70 100 12
200 226 225 M16 M12 20 35 - M10 238 90 100 18

Ex-DRS Max. weight of wheel block in kg


wheel
Travel wheel type
block
size A B D E

125 9.9 8.7 9.3 11.5

160 18.3 16.1 17.2 20.1

200 35.7 32.5 34.1 41.6

52
3.2 Data and dimensions Ex-DRS 250 - 500

Travel wheel type

53
Ex-DRS Splined hub
Dimensions in mm
wheel profile
block DIN 5480 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a13 a14
size D 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.04 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.4 0.2
N 50
250 385 290 140 80 310 310 50 80 326 70
N 65
N 65
315 470 360 180 100 370 370 70 80 405 80
N 75
N 75
400 580 440 210 120 450 450 95 130 501 100
N 90
N 90
500 700 620 480 125 580 580 110 160 600 110
N 110

Ex-DRS
Dimensions in mm
wheel
b2 b3 c1 d2 d5 d6 d7 d8
block a15 b1 b1 d1 d3
size 0.2 max 1) -0.2 -0.2
250 40 77 80 110 117.5 150 250 282 270 8xM16 M12 - 40 F8
315 50 90 96 130 147 180 315 350 340 8xM16 M12 M20 40 F8
400 55 110 - 155 172 210 400 440 440 8xM20 M12 M20 31 H13
500 65 110 - 170 195 240 500 545 545 8xM20 M12 M20 31 H13

1) Treads and flanges hardened, flanges without wear indicators

Ex-DRS Dimensions in mm Max. weight of wheel block in kg

wheel d9 d10 h1 h2 h3 h4 s x1
Travel wheel type
block
size F8 min A B D E
M16
250 40 281 89 100 - 17.5 16.3 63 57 58 65
20 deep
M20
315 50 281 114 100 130 20 16.5 121 115 118 127
20 deep
M24
400 65 349.5 144 100 130 22.5 19 214 196 205 232
20 deep
M24
500 70 440 183 100 130 30 22.5 373 351 362 397
25 deep

54
3.3 Hardened travel wheels
Inductively hardened 56 2 HRC

Note: Ex-DRS 125 200 do not feature wear indicators

Hardened tread surface and flanges

with two flanges 1)

1) Type of available from stock for Ex-DRS 200 b1 = 75 in basic design A and NA

55
3.4 Ex-DRS 125 200 top connection

Ex-DRS Part no.


Dimensions in mm
wheel
a2 a3 a4 a17 d5 d12 d13 l1
block 1) l2 l3
size min-max min-max
+4
125 753 620 44 170 86 55 55 M12 14 65 22.5-23 8-25
-7

+3
160 752 520 44 220 118 55 55 M16 18 14.5 75 24.5-25 15-25
-5

+3
200 752 520 44 275 175 65 65 M16 18 75 28.5-29 15-25
-5

1) Part no. includes threaded pins and lock nut

56
3.4 Ex-DRS 250 500 top connection

Ex-DRS Dimensions in mm
Part no.
wheel
block a4 l2 l3
1) a2 a3 a17 a18 d5 d12 l1
size 0.2 min-max min-max
250 753 320 44 290 140 80 80 90 M16 20.5 85 21-23 15-29

315 754 020 44 360 180 100 100 110 M16 20.5 100 25-27 15-39

400 754 320 44 440 210 120 120 126 M20 25 100 28-30 15-30

500 754 620 44 620 480 125 125 137 M20 26 120 40-60 20-40

1) Part no. includes threaded pins, lock nut, washers and Loctite

57
3.5 Ex-DRS 125 200 side connection

Ex-DRS Dimensions in mm
Part no.
wheel
block a5 a6 a7 a8 c3 d9 l1
1) c4 d8 d14 h4
size 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 min-max D9 min-max
125 753 622 44 175 175 20 40 24.5-27.5 12 13 21 60 53.5 15-18

160 752 222 44 220 220 25 55 35.5-41.5 14.5 16.5 30 70 14-20


80
200 753 022 44 275 275 35 75 38.5-43.5 19 20.5 35 90 20-25

1) Part no. includes collared sleeve and dacromatised bolted fastening parts
2) Torque bracket for pin connection

58
3.5 Ex-DRS 250 500 side connection
(Ex-DRS 200 with Ex-AD. 50/Ex-WU. 60 gearbox)

Ex-DRS
Dimensions in mm
wheel
Part no.
block a5 a6 a7 a8 a17 a20 c3 c4 c5 c6 d8 d9 d13 d14 h4 l1
size 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 min-max min-max H13 min-max
MA/NA 753 022 44 1) 275 38.5-43.5 38.5-43.5
200 275 35 75 - - 19 33 20.5 35 D9 - 80 90 20-25
A 753 026 44 5) 0.1 39-44 33-38
MA/NA 753 326 44 1)
250 310 310 50 80 57 192 39-44 26 37-42 29 21 30 50 100 83 20-25
A 753 322 44 2)
MA/NA 754 026 44 1)
315 370 370 70 80 69 235 37-47 32 34-44 37 25 35 50 120 108 25-35
A 754 022 44 2)
MA/NA 754 326 44 1)
400 450 450 95 130 75 290 45-50 40 44-49 42 31 45 50 150 138 30-35
A 754 322 44 2)
MA/NA 754 626 44 1) 580 110 160
500 580 85 345 50-60 40 45-55 49 31 50 50 165 177 30-40
A 754 622 44 2) 0.05 0.05 0.05

1) Part no. includes pins, spacer sleeve, retaining elements and dacromatised bolted fastening parts
2) Part no. includes pins, retaining elements and dacromatised bolted fastening parts
3) Only required for relubrication
4) Recess only for fitting guide roller arrangement
5) Part no. includes collared sleeves, adapter sleeves, retaining elements and dacromatised bolted fastening
parts

59
3.6 Ex-DRS 125 200 pin connection

Ex-DRS Dimensions in mm
wheel
block a4 a5 a8 a9 a10 a11 a12 a13 a14 a15
a7 a16
size 1) 0.05 0.1 1) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
125 162 175 60 40 72 41 10 58.5 68.5 92 77.5 108

160 206 220 70 55 90 56 12 75 90 110 97.5 135

200 266 275 90 75 118 70 10 105 115 140 120 168

1) See section 3.8 for use of threaded pins or distance elements

60
3.6 Ex-DRS 125 200 pin connection

Dimensions in mm Ex-
DRS
Hollow profile section
d9 d15 l1 2) l2 wheel
a18 c1 d10 d14 d16 to DIN block
D9/h8 1)
min max min a19 a20 size

119.0 127.0
74 98 21 23 60 M10 M8 8 200x120x8 24 54 125
128.2 140.2

138.0 150.0
86 110 30 32 80 M12 M10 10 260x140x10 30 70 160
150.2 160.2

170.0 182.0
103 130 35 38 80 M12 M10 10 260x180x10 30 90 200
182.2 194.2

1) See section 3.8 for use of threaded pins or distance elements


2) Check l1 dimension, see section 3.9 pin set
3) See section 3.9 pin set

61
3.6 Pin connection
Ex-DRS 200 Ex-AD. 50/Ex-WU. 60 gearbox

Ex-DRS Dimensions in mm
wheel
block a5 d9 l1 2) l2
a7 a8 a18 a19 a20 c1 d10 d14
size 0.05 D9 max. min.
200 275 90 75 108.5 127 168 130 35 38 80 194 10

1) See section 3.8 for use of threaded pins or distance elements


2) Check l1 dimension, see section 3.9 pin set
3) See section 3.9 pin set

62
3.6 Ex-DRS 250 500 pin connection

Ex- Dimensions in mm
DRS
wheel a5 d9 l1 2) l2
block a4 a7 a8 a9 a18 a19 a20 a21 c1 d14 d15 w
0.05 D9 max. min.
size
118 134
250 310 310 95 80 135 200 10 150 40 100 M16 210 15 15
120 132

139 162
315 360 370 120 80 155 250 15 180 50 120 M16 250 18 15
142 159

160 185
400 450 450 150 130 210 320 50 210 65 150 M20 285 20 15
162 183

179 206
500 580 580 190 160 250 390 70 234 70 165 M20 320 23 15
180 205

1) See section 3.8 for use of threaded pins or distance elements


2) Check l1 dimension, see section 3.9 pin set
3) See section 3.9 pin set

63
3.7 End connection
Ex-DRS 125 200 end connection

Ex-DRS Dimensions in mm Options


wheel Part no. Spacer plate
block a5 a6 a7 a8 a16 d9 d14 b1 b2 h l t1 t2 w1 w2 w3 Welded plate Pin set
set
A 752 429 44 752 338 44
125 753 714 44 175 8 54 40 110 21 60 40 111 200 265 7 8 3 4 4 752 140 44
NA/MA - 752 337 44
A 752 729 44 752 638 44
160 752 614 44 220 10 70 55 140 30 80 50 129 250 330 8 10 4 4 5 752 141 44
NA/MA - 752 637 44
A 753 229 44 753 138 44
200 753 114 44 275 10 90 75 170 35 80 50 154 300 395 8 10 4 4 5 752 142 44
NA/MA - 753 137 44

Bore hole template for alignable end connection and axial securing arrangement with threaded pins
(by the customer)

Ex-DRS Dimensions in mm
wheel block
size a4 a6 a9 d10 d15

125 162 175 72 23 M 10

160 206 220 90 32


M 12
200 266 275 118 38

64
Ex-DRS 250 end connection

Ex-DRS Dimensions in mm Options


wheel
Part no. w1 w2 w3 w4 Spacer plate
block a1 a2 a5 a6 b1 b2 d9 h h1 h2 L t1 t2 w Pin set
size 1) 1) 1) 1) set

A 753 438 44
250 753 414 44 90 45 310 7 80 185 40 382 236 176 393 12 12 121 4 4 5 5 752 143 44
NA/MA 753 437 44

1) After aligning and tacking, first weld on the inside and then the outside.
Welded connections to tolerance class DIN 8570 BF assessment group DIN EN 25817 C

65
3.8 Axial retaining arrangement with track gauge adjustment
Spacer plates

The track gauge can be changed using interchangeable distance elements.


Standard assignments and maximum adjustment are shown in the table.

Dimensions in mm Set per Ex-DRS consisting


Ex-DRS Part no.
l max b max Max. adjustment range of number and thickness
125 752 140 44 114 8 7.5 2x2mm + 2x3mm + 2x5mm
160 752 141 44 130 10 9.5 3x2mm + 2x3mm + 2x5mm
200 752 142 44 162 16 15.5 4x2mm + 2x3mm + 4x5mm
250 752 143 44 180 15 14.5 4x2mm + 2x3mm + 4x5mm
315 752 144 44 214 17 16.5 5x2mm + 2x3mm + 4x5mm
400 752 145 44 245 17 16.5 5x2mm + 2x3mm + 4x5mm
500 752 146 44 274 17 16.5 5x2mm + 2x3mm + 4x5mm

Threaded pins
The dacromatised threaded pins are used to align the alignable pin connection and then to fix the wheel block
in the axial direction.

Threaded
Part no. pin
Ex-DRS
Set 1) Grade:
45 H
125 752 147 44 M10 x 40
160 / 200 2) 752 148 44 M12 x 50 Tightening torque nut:
250 / 315 752 937 44 M16 x 60
M10: 60 Nm
400 752 938 44 M20 x 75 M12: 104 Nm
500 752 929 44 M20 x 85 M16: 250 Nm
M20: 490 Nm
1) Part no.; includes per Ex-DRS:
4 threaded pins and 4 lock nuts
2) Ex-DRS 200 with Ex-AD50/Ex-WU60
gearbox not possible, only the set of spacer
plates has to be used

66
3.9 Pin set

Ex-DRS Weight Materials Surface


Dimensions in mm
wheel DIN EN 10083 Protection
block Part no. Type Shaft
d l1 Washers
size Spacer retaining
l
sleeve rings
kg D9/h8 min. max. 1 2 2.5 3 3.5
4 x DIN 471
752 337 44 S 0.8 42CrMo4+QT 143.5 119 127 8
125 21 4 - - - - 20 x 1.75
P in s u rfa c e D a c ro m e t c o a te d g ra d e B M in im u m c o a t

752 338 44 L 0.9 36NiCrMo16+QT 156.5 128.2 140.2 12


752 637 44 S 2 168 138 150 12
160 42CrMo4+QT 30 4 - - - - 30 x 2
752 638 44 L 2.1 178 150.2 160.2 10
753 137 44 S 3.2 202 170.2 182
200 42CrMo4+QT 35 4 12 - - - - 35 x 2.5
th ic k n e s s 0 .0 0 8 m m

753 138 44 L 3.4 214 182.2 194.2


753 437 44 L 5.5 14 2 x 21
250 42CrMo4+QT 40 252 194 210 8 - - - 40 x 2.5
753 438 44 1) L 5.3 16 -
754 137 44 L 10.1 14 2 x 27.5
315 36NiCrMo16+QT 50 301 231 250 8 - - - 50 x 3
754 138 44 1) L 9.8 16 -
754 437 44 L 19.9 14 2 x 32
400 65 345 262 285 10 - - - 65 x 4
754 438 44 1) L 19.3 16 -
C45+QT
754 737 44 L 25.5 16 2 x 35.5
500 70 385 291 320 10 - - - 70 x 4
754 738 44 1) L 24.8 18 -

Ex-DRS 200 pin set for AD50 / WU60 gearbox

Weight Dimensions in mm
Ex-DRS Shaft
Materials DIN Surface
wheel Part no. Type d l1 Washers retaining
EN 10083 protection D l
block size rings
kg D9/ h8 min. max. 1 2 2xDIN471

Pin
surface
Dacromet
coated 2x40 24x3 35x2.5
200 752 947 44 1) L 3.9 42CrMo4+QT 35 40 235.5 170 194
grade B 2x35 5 40x2.5
Min. coat
thickness
0.008 mm
1) Pin set for the driven type.

67
3.10 Welded plate

Ex-DRS
wheel
Part no. a4 a5 a8 a9 a10 a11 a12 a13 a14
block
size
125 752 429 44 162 175 40 72 41 10 58.5 68.5 92.0

160 752 72 944 206 220 55 90 56 12 75.0 90.0 110.0

200 753 229 44 266 275 75 118 70 10 105.0 115.0 137.5

Ex-DRS
wheel d9
a15 R h1 h2 d1 d2 d19 b
block D9 / h8
size
125 77.5 19.0 60 83 90 12 21.0 6 x M8 10

160 97.5 26.0 75 107 120 14 30.0 6 x M10 12

200 120.0 30.0 88 134 120 14 35.0 6 x M10 12

Dimension B has to be considered when selecting the pin.

68
3.11 Individual drive unit, consisting of:

a) Offset gearbox with journal shafts: Torque bracket set (3), corresponding to connection variant
b) Offset gearbox with hollow shaft: Torque bracket set (3), corresponding to connection variant
and splined shaft set (2)

Ex-DRS Travel Toothed hub profile for journal or hollow shafts Individual drive unit
wheel wheel Splined shaft
Ex-AM. and Ex-AD. offset gearboxes Journal shafts 1)
block hub set 2)
size profile 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 K / W1 B / W2 K / W1, W2 / B

N35 N35 35 (11) 35 (11) -


125
N35 N35 - - 860 190 46
N35 N35 35 31 -
160 N45 N45 45 (11) 45 (11) -
N45 N45 - - 860 290 46
N45 N45 45 46 -
200 N50 N50 50 (11) 50 (11) -
N50 N50 - - 860 390 46
N50 N50 51 51 -
250 N65 N65 65 (11) 66 (11) -
N65 N65 - - 860 490 46
N65 N65 66 66 -
315 N75 N75 75 (11) 76 (22) -
N75 N75 - - 860 590 46
N75 N75 76 76 -
400 N90 N90 90 (11) 91 (22) -
N90 N90 - - 860 690 46
N90 N90 91 91 -
500 N110 N110 110 111 -
N110 N110 - - 860 790 46

Offset gearbox with hollow shaft

1) Output drive shaft code for individual drive unit, (..) output drive shaft code for central drive unit
2) Part no. includes splined shaft, spacer rings and axial retaining elements

K = Top connection
W = W1 (side connection with drive on wheel block side)
W1 (side connection with drive on connecting plate side)
B = Pin connection

69
3.11 Central drive unit inside arrangement (ZI), consisting of:
a) Offset gearbox with journal shafts on both sides : Set of torque brackets corresponding to
connection variant (3) and set of central shafts (5) consisting of: splined shaft (2) and connecting
shaft G
b) Offset gearbox with hollow shaft : Set of torque brackets corresponding to connection variant (3)
and set of central shafts (6) consisting of: splined shaft (2), coupling (4) and connecting shaft G

Set part no. Central shaft set part no.


Torque bracket for connection variants 3) Coupling 4) Connecting shafts (G) for track gauge

K W1 B / W2 B K1 1000 1400 2240 2800 3150


753 796 44 753 796 44 753 797 44 753 798 44 8) 860 001 46 5) 860 002 46 5) 860 003 46 5) 860 004 46 5) 860 005 46 5)
753 796 44 753 796 44 753 797 44 753 798 44 8) 752 152 44 860 011 46 6) 860 012 46 6) 860 013 46 6) 860 014 46 6) 860 015 46 6)
752 396 44 752 396 44 752 397 44 752 398 44 8) 7)
752 396 44 752 396 44 752 397 44 752 398 44 8) 860 101 46 5) 860 102 46 5) 860 103 46 5) 860 104 46 5) 860 105 46 5)
752 391 44 752 391 44 752 394 44 752 395 44 8) 752 152 44 860 111 46 6) 860 112 46 6) 860 113 46 6) 860 114 46 6) 860 115 46 6)
752 696 44 752 696 44 752 697 44 752 697 44 7)
752 691 44 752 691 44 752 694 44 752 694 44 860 201 46 5) 860 202 46 5) 860 203 46 5) 860 204 46 5) 860 205 46 5)
752 691 44 752 691 44 752 694 44 752 694 44 752 154 44 860 211 46 6) 860 212 46 6) 860 213 46 6) 860 214 46 6) 860 215 46 6)
753 190 44 753 190 44 753 192 44 753 192 44 7)
753 190 44 753 190 44 753 192 44 753 192 44 860 301 46 5) 860 302 46 5) 860 303 46 5) 860 304 46 6) 860 305 46 5)
753 191 44 753 193 44 753 193 44 753 193 44 752 156 44 860 311 46 6) 860 312 46 6) 860 313 46 6) 860 314 46 6) 860 315 46 6)
753 490 44 753 570 44 753 570 44 753 570 44 7)
753 491 44 753 571 44 753 571 44 753 571 44 860 401 46 5) 860 402 46 5) 860 403 46 5) 860 404 46 5) 860 405 46 5)
754 492 44 753 572 44 753 572 44 753 572 44 752 950 44 860 411 46 6) 860 412 46 6) 860 413 46 6) 860 414 46 6) 860 415 46 6)
754 190 44 754 270 44 754 270 44 754 270 44 7)
754 191 44 754 271 44 754 271 44 754 271 44 860 501 46 5) 860 502 46 5) 860 503 46 5) 860 504 46 5) 860 505 46 5)
754 192 44 754 272 44 754 272 44 754 272 44 752 952 44 860 511 46 6) 860 512 46 6) 860 513 44 6) 860 514 46 6) 860 515 46 6)
754 490 44 754 570 44 754 570 44 754 570 44 7)
754 491 44 754 571 44 754 571 44 754 571 44 860 601 46 5) 860 602 46 5) 860 603 46 5) 860 604 46 5) 860 605 46 5)
754 492 44 754 572 44 754 572 44 754 572 44 752 954 44 860 611 46 6) 860 612 46 6) 860 613 44 6) 860 614 46 6) 860 615 46 6)
754 790 44 754 870 44 754 870 44 754 870 44 7)
754 791 44 754 871 44 754 871 44 754 871 44 8)
752 844 44
754 792 44 754 872 44 754 872 44 754 872 44 8)

3) Part no includes depending on torque bracket type, bolted fastening parts to the gearbox and retaining
elements
4) Part no includes coupling and heavy-duty roll pin
5) Part no includes connecting shaft G, shims and axial retaining elements, coupling K1
6) Part no includes splined shaft (2) with retaining elements, connecting shaft G with shims and axial
retaining elements, coupling K1
7) Currently not planned
8) Chapter 3.11.1

K = Top connection
W = W1 (side connection with drive on wheel block side)
W1 (side connection with drive on connecting plate side)
B = Pin connection

70
3.11 Individual drive unit, consisting of:

a) Angular gearbox with journal shafts: Torque bracket set (3), corresponding to connection
variant
b) Angular gearbox with hollow shaft: Torque bracket set (3), corresponding to connection variant
and splined shaft set (2)

Ex-DRS Travel Splined hub profile for journal or hollow shafts Individual drive unit
wheel wheel Splined shaft set
Ex-WUE/Ex-WUK angular gearbox Journal shafts 1)
block hub 2)
size profile 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 K / W1 B / W2 K / W1, W2 / B

N35 N35 35 (11) 35 (11) -


125
N35 N35 - - 860 195 46
N35 N35 35 36 -
160 N45 N45 45 (11) 45 (11) -
N45 N45 - - 860 295 46
N45 N45 45 46 -
N50 N50 50 (11) 50 (11) -
200
N50 N50 - - 860 390 46
N50 N50 - - 860 390 46
N50 N50 51 51 -
N50 N50 - - 7)
N65 N65 65 (11) 66 (22) -
250
N50 N50 - - 7)
N65 N65 65 (11) 66 (22) -
N65 N65 - - 860 495 46
N65 N65 66 66 -
N65 N65 66 (11) 66 (22) -
315
N75 N75 75 (11) 76 (22) -
N75 N75 - - 860 595 46
N75 N75 76 76 -
400 N90 N90 90 91 -
N90 N90 - - 860 695 46
N90 N90 91 91 -
500 N110 N110 110 111 -
N110 N110 - - 860 795 46

Offset gearbox with hollow shaft 1) Output drive shaft code for individual drive unit, (..) output drive shaft
code for central drive unit
2) Part no. includes splined shaft, spacer rings and axial retaining elements
K = Top connection 7) Currently not planned
W = W1 (side connection with drive on wheel block side)
W1 (side connection with drive on connecting plate side)
B = Pin connection

71
3.11 Central drive unit inside arrangement (ZI), consisting of:
a) Angular gearbox with journal shafts on both sides : Torque bracket set (3), corresponding to
connection variant, central shaft set (5) consisting of: coupling set (4) and connecting shaft G
b) Angular gearbox with hollow shaft : Torque bracket set (3), corresponding to connection variant,
central shaft set (6) consisting of: splined shaft set (2), coupling set (4) and connecting shaft G

Set part no. Central shaft set part no.


Torque bracket for connection variants 3) Coupling 4) Connecting shafts (G) for track gauge
K W1 B / W2 B K1 (K3) 1000 1400 2240 2800 3150
753 890 44 753 890 44 752 494 44 752 495 44 8) 860 021 46 5) 860 022 46 5) 860 023 46 5) 860 024 46 5) 860 025 46 5)
753 891 44 753 891 44 752 494 44 752 495 44 8) 752 150 44 860 031 46 6) 860 032 46 6) 860 033 46 6) 860 034 46 6) 860 035 46 6)
752 490 44 752 490 44 752 792 44 752 792 44 7)
752 491 44 752 491 44 752 792 44 752 792 44 860 121 46 5) 860 122 46 5) 860 123 46 5) 860 124 46 5) 860 125 46 5)
752 491 44 752 491 44 753 794 44 752 794 44 752 152 44 860 131 46 6) 860 132 46 6) 860 133 46 6) 860 134 46 6) 860 135 46 6)
752 790 44 752 790 44 753 293 44 753 293 44 7)
752 790 44 752 790 44 753 294 44 753 294 44 860 221 46 5) 860 222 46 5) 860 223 46 5) 860 224 46 5) 860 225 46 5)
752 791 44 752 791 44 753 295 44 753 295 44 752 154 44 860 231 46 6) 860 232 46 6) 860 233 46 6) 860 234 46 6) 860 235 46 6)
753 290 44 753 290 44 753 297 44 753 297 44 7)
753 291 44 753 291 44 753 580 44 753 580 44 860 321 46 5) 860 322 46 5) 860 323 46 5) 860 324 46 5) 860 325 46 5)
753 292 44 753 292 44 753 581 44 753 581 44 860 331 46 6) 860 322 46 6) 860 333 46 6) 860 334 46 6) 860 335 46 6)
753 296 44 753 297 44 753 581 44 753 581 44 752 156 44 860 331 46 6) 860 332 46 6) 860 333 46 6) 860 334 46 6) 860 335 46 6)
753 590 44 753 580 44 753 582 44 753 582 44 7)
753 591 44 753 581 44 753 582 44 753 582 44 7)
753 591 44 753 581 44 753 583 44 753 583 44 752 950 44 860 421 46 5) 860 422 46 5) 860 423 46 5) 860 424 46 5) 860 425 46 5)
753 592 44 753 582 44 754 280 44 754 280 44 752 156 44 7)
753 592 44 753 582 44 754 281 44 754 281 44 860 421 46 5) 860 422 46 5) 860 423 46 5) 860 424 46 5) 860 425 46 5)
753 593 44 754 583 44 754 282 44 754 282 44 860 431 46 6) 860 432 46 6) 860 433 46 6) 860 434 46 6) 860 435 46 6)
752 950 44
754 290 44 754 280 44 754 283 44 754 283 44 7)
754 291 44 754 281 44 754 580 44 754 580 44 7)
754 292 44 754 282 44 754 581 44 754 581 44 860 521 46 5) 860 522 46 5) 860 523 46 5) 860 524 46 5) 860 525 46 5)
754 293 44 754 283 44 754 582 44 754 582 44 752 952 44 860 531 46 6) 860 532 46 6) 860 533 44 6) 860 534 46 6) 860 535 46 6)
754 590 44 754 580 44 754 880 44 754 880 44 7)
754 592 44 754 581 44 754 581 44 754 581 44 860 621 46 5) 860 622 46 5) 860 623 46 5) 860 624 46 5) 860 625 46 5)
754 890 44 754 582 44 754 582 44 754 582 44 752 954 44 860 631 46 6) 860 632 46 6) 860 633 44 6) 860 634 46 6) 860 635 46 6)
754 891 44 754 880 44 754 880 44 754 880 44 7)
754 892 44 754 881 44 754 881 44 754 881 44 8)
752 844 44
754 892 44 754 882 44 754 882 44 754 882 44 8)

3) Part no includes depending on torque bracket 6) Part no includes splined shaft (2) with retaining
type, bolted fastening parts to the gearbox and elements, connecting shaft G with shims and axial
retaining elements retaining elements, coupling K1
4) Part no includes coupling and heavy-duty roll pin 7) Currently not planned
5) Part no includes connecting shaft G, shims and 8) Chapter 3.11.1
axial retaining elements, coupling K1
K = Top connection
W = W1 (side connection with drive on wheel block side)
W2 (side connection with drive on connecting plate side)
B = Pin connection

72
3.11.1 Central drive unit inside arrangement (ZI) Ex-DRS 500

with Ex-ADE80 offset gearbox


(shaft code 11)

with Ex-WUK100 offset gearbox


(shaft code 110)

Item Designation
Gearbox side journal shaft for Ex-ADE80 / Ex-WUE90
1
gearbox or hollow shaft for Ex-AUK90 / Ex-WUK100 gearbox
2 Intermediate hollow shaft (tube with K3 couplings welded in)
3 Distance rings
4 MA drive shaft
5 Retaining ring
6 Thrust washer

Dimensions
Track Gearbox
(mm)
gauge
Output shaft
SPW Type Set part no.1) LG L
code

Ex-ADE80 11 860 703 46

Ex-AUK90 22 860 704 46

2085 to Ex-
110 860 713 46 L+(2x170) Spw-1350
3150 WUE90
11 860 723 46
Ex-
22 860 724 46
WUK100
110 860 733 46

1) Consists of intermediate hollow shaft (2), drive shaft (1)(4), distance rings
(3) and retaining elements (5/6)

73
3.12 Splined shaft type A

Ex-DRS Shaft Dimensions in mm


wheel profile Gearbox size Part no.
block DIN 5480 L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
Ex-AMK30 860 190 46 332 224 234 244 31.4 15
125 W35
Ex-WUK30 860 195 46 382 285 295 305 31.4 15
-
Ex-AMK40 860 290 46 379 258 271 283 34.5 17.5
160 W45
Ex-WUK40 860 295 46 444 333 346 356 34.5 17.5
Ex-ADK50
200 W50 860 290 46 501 281 309 370 36 17.5 377 386 398 405
Ex-WUK50/60
Ex-ADK60 860 490 46 488.5 356 393 - 70 10.5
250 W65
Ex-WUK70 860 495 46 578 464 500 - 70 10.5
Ex-ADK70 860 590 46 587 445 489 - 86.5 13
315 W75
Ex-WUK80 860 595 46 682 509 553 - 86.5 13
-
Ex-ADK80 860 690 46 675 518 565 - 99.5 13.5
400 W90
Ex-WUK90 860 695 46 749 581 625 - 99.5 13.5
Ex-ADK90 860 790 46 793 594 646.5 - 111 13.5
500 W110
Ex-WUK100 860 795 46 750 685 737 - 111 13.5

74
3.13 Splined shaft type DFW

Ex-DRS Shaft Dimensions in mm


Gearbox
wheel profile Part no.
size
block DIN 5480 L L1 L2 L3
125 W35 Ex-AMK 30 752 033 44 250 121 129
160 W45 Ex-AMK 40 752 035 44 305 139.5 147 5

200 W50 Ex-ADK 50 752 037 44 327 164.5 172.5


250 W65 Ex-ADK 60 752 831 44 433 194.5 204
315 W75 Ex-ADK 70 240.5 254 6
on request 512
400 W90 Ex-ADK 80 274 288.5

75
3.14 Connecting shaft type G

Ex-DRS Track Ex-A offset gearbox Ex-W angular gearbox


Shaft
wheel Gearbox size gauge in Part no. Dimensions in mm Part no. Dimensions in mm
profile
block mm L L1 L2 L L1 L2
1000 752 070 44 715 752 120 44 665
1400 752 072 44 1115 752 122 44 1065
Ex-A 20/30
125 W35 2240 752 074 44 1955 48 98 752 124 44 1905 48 98
Ex-W 20/30
2800 752 076 44 2515 752 126 44 2465
3150 752 078 44 2865 752 128 44 2815
1000 752 080 44 670 752 160 44 605
1400 752 082 44 1070 752 162 44 1005
Ex-A 30/40
160 W45 2240 752 084 44 1910 106 - 752 164 44 1845 106 -
Ex-W 30/40
2800 752 086 44 2470 752 166 44 2405
3150 752 088 44 2820 752 168 44 2755
1000 752 090 44 630 752 170 44 550
1)
Ex-A 40/50 1400 752 092 44 1030 752 172 44 950
1)
200 W50 Ex-W 40/50 2240 752 094 44 1870 122 - 752 174 44 1790 122 -
1)
Ex-W 60 2800 752 096 44 2430 752 176 44 2350
3150 752 098 44 2780 752 178 44 2700
1000 752 860 44 582 752 970 44 490
Ex-A 50/60 Ex- 1400 752 862 44 982 752 972 44 890
250 W65 W 50/60 Ex-W 2240 752 864 44 1822 98 167 752 974 44 1730 98 167
70 2800 752 866 44 2382 752 976 44 2290
3150 752 868 44 2732 752 978 44 2640
1000 752 870 44 500 752 960 44 395
1400 752 872 44 900 752 962 44 795
Ex-A 60/70 Ex-
315 W75 2240 752 874 44 1740 116 196 752 964 44 1635 116 196
W 70/80
2800 752 876 44 2300 752 966 44 2195
3150 752 878 44 2650 752 968 44 2545
1000 752 880 44 400 752 940 44 330
1400 752 882 44 800 752 942 44 730
Ex-A 70/80 Ex-
400 W90 2240 752 884 44 1640 102.5 171 752 944 44 1570 129 249
W 80/90
2800 752 886 44 2200 752 946 44 2130
3150 752 888 44 2550 752 948 44 2480
500 - - - - - - - - - - -

1) For standard central drive arrangement the shafts for the angular gearbox have to be used here.

76
3.15 Universal shaft F

Ex-DRS 125 - 200

Material:
S 355 J2 G3
to DIN/EN 10025

Splined hub
Dimensions in mm
Ex-DRS profile DIN 5480
wheel block Part no. Material
size D1 D4 C
L5 L6 L7 L8
D3 f8 h12 H13
125 W35x2x16x6g 752 424 44 55 37.5 2.65 125 144 55 231
160 W45x2x21x6g 752 724 44 S355J2G3 65 47 3.15 160 181.5 55 273
200 W50x2x24x6g 753 224 44 75 57 3.15 220 241.5 75 358

Ex-DRS 250 - 500

Material:
S 355 J2 G3
to DIN/EN 10025

Ex- Splined hub Dimensions in mm


DRS 2) profile DIN
wheel 5480 Part no. Material D1 D4 C
block L5 L6 L7 L8
f8 h12 H13
size D3
250 W65x2x31x6g 753 524 44 95 61.5 215 263.4 152 415

315 W75x3x24x6g 754 224 44 110 74.6 260 311.9 185 496
S355J2G3 4.15
400 W90x2x28x6g 754 524 44 135 86.5 300 355.4 210 565

500 W110x3x35x6g 754 824 44 165 105 380 441.4 240 680

1) Useful spline length


2) All type F shafts have centering holes at both ends to DIN 332; R4.0 x 8.5

77
3.16 Coupling K1 Ex-DRS 125 - 400

Splined
Ex-DRS Dimensions in mm Weight Part no.
Gearbox hub
wheel
size Ex- profile
block
A../Ex-W.. DIN 5480
size
D
d1 H11 d2 d3 H13 d4 I I1 I3 kg 1)
125 20/30 N 35 34.6 48 h11 8 43.2 100 50 7 0.81 752 152 44
160 30/40 N 45 44.6 60 h8 8 54.7 120 60 7 1.32 752 154 44
200 40/50/60 N 50 49.6 65 h11 8 59.4 125 62.5 7 1.7 752 156 44
250 50/60/70 N 65 64.6 80 h9 8 - 125 62.5 - 1.8 752 950 44
315 60/70/80 N 75 74.6 95 h11 8 - 145 72.5 - 3.4 752 952 44
400 70/80/90 N 90 89.6 115 h11 8 - 170 85 - 5.9 752 954 44

Coupling K3 DRS 500

Splined
Ex-DRS Dimensions in mm Weight Part no.
Gearbox hub
wheel
size Ex- profile
block
A../Ex-W.. DIN 5480
size d1 H11 d2 d4 l I1 I2 13 kg t)
D

500 90/100 N110 109.4 160 150.3 d9 320 227.5 127.5 151 27 752 844 44

1) Part no. includes: coupling K1 and heavy-duty roll pin


2) Min. fitting depth for shaft

78
3.17 Universal shaft F

Calculation

Force on universal shaft Pin connection Side connection Detail X

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4

Force-torque diagram
for Ex-DRS 125 - 200
universal shaft
Radial force F in kN

Ex-DRS 200

Ex-DRS 160

Ex-DRS 125

Drive torque M in Nm

Force-torque diagram
for Ex-DRS 250 - 500
universal shaft
Radial force F in kN

Ex-DRS 500

Ex-DRS 400

Ex-
DRS 315

Ex-
DRS 250

Drive torque M in Nm

79
Table 1 Table 2
Permissible distance between Ex-DRS wall and
bearing plate rear side (see pin connection fig. 2)

Factor with z
Lever Ex-DRS
Ex-DRS Lever F x=0 in mm
Ex-DRS
z=0 125 26 z 0
125 63.5 59 1.076
160 28 z 0
160 86 66 1.303
200 38 z 0
200 119 76 1.566
250 162.5 75 2.167
315 190 90 2.112
400 211 105 2.009
500 259 120 2.158

Calculate the permissible universal shaft force


(only applies for reduction at x > 0 mm,
otherwise direct F(M) from diagram)

lever F
Fperm (Ex-DRS,x) = F(M)
lever F+x

Fperm. (Ex-DRS,x) = Permissible force on the Ex-DRS universal shaft


depending on the wheel block size and variable x
F(M) = Universal shaft force according to the diagram
LeverF = Constant depending on the wheel block size
x = Variable when force F is displaced from the centre
of the universal shaft shoulder (see fig. 2 - 4)

Calculate the permissible remaining load capacity of the wheel block


The factor (Ex-DRS, x, z) is given in table 1 (values for x = z = 0 mm)

lever F+x
Fperm (Ex-DRS,x,z) = F(M)
lever Ex-DRS+z

Factor (Ex-DRS, x,z) = Factor for the force ratios on the universal shaft of
the Ex-DRS depending on the wheel block size
and variables x and z (see table 1)
LeverF = Constant depending on the wheel block size
x = Variable for additional distance between bearing
plate and wheel block, e.g. for pin connection (see
fig. 2 - 4)

Rperm (Ex-DRS,x,z) = Rperm (catalogue) F factor (Ex-DRS,x,z) cos(0.8

Rperm. (Ex-DRS,x,z) = Permissible residual load capacity of the wheel


block for universal shaft application
Rperm (catalogue) = Permissible load capacity of the wheel block
according to the catalogue (without universal
shaft)
Factor (Ex-DRS, x,z) = Factor for the force ratios on the universal shaft of
the Ex-DRS depending on the wheel block size
and variables x and z
= Angle deviation of the universal shaft force
[0 90] (see fig. 1)

80
Universal shaft F dimensions for Ex-DRS 125 200
Top connection K (basic wheel block type A)

Section A-A
Connecting plate centred
using roll pins.

Side connection W (basic wheel block type MA)

Section A-A
Connecting plate centred
using adaptor nut.

Pin connection B (basic wheel block type MA)

Section A-A
Connecting plate centred
using pins.

Dimensions in mm
Ex-DRS Shaft
Connecting 2)
wheel profile Part no.
variant D1
block size DIN 5480 L4
D2 L1 L2 L3
f8 max.

K 752 420 44
193 76 38 -
125 W 35 W 752 421 44 55 90

B 1) 752 422 44 209 92 22 130


K 752 720 44
235 85 38 -
160 W 45 W 752 721 44 65

B 1) 752 722 44 254 104 20 148


120
K 753 220 44
305 95 53 -
200 W 50 W 753 221 44 75

B 1) 753 222 44 331 121 27 182

1) Dimensions L1 -L3 vary depending on dimension L5


2) Part no. includes drive shaft, connecting plate, bearing seat with corresponding mounting parts

81
Universal shaft F dimensions for Ex-DRS 250 500

Shaft Dimensions in mm
Ex-DRS
profile Connecting
wheel Part no.
DIN 5480 variant D1
block size L1 L3 L5
D1 f8
250 W 65 753 524 44 95 345 70 215
315 W 75 754 224 44 110 410 86 260
K, W, B
400 W 90 754 524 44 135 466 99 300
500 W 110 754 824 44 165 569 111 380

82
3.18 Individual drive unit
Involute solid shaft on cover side Ex-DRS 125 - 200

Journal shaft
Ex-A offset gearbox Ex-W angular gearbox

Splined shaft see section 3.12 and 3.13

Ex-DRS Individual drive Splined shaft


Ex-DRS connecting variant
unit profile
K / W1
K / W1 B / W2 K / W1 B / W2 K / W1 B / W2
wheel block Gearbox DIN 5480 B / W2
Dimensions in mm
size size D L6 L7 L8 L9
Ex-AME 20 W 35x2x16 6g 93 93 130 130 70 70 215
125
Ex-WUE 20 W 35x2x16 6g 95 95 130 130 70 70 265
Ex-AME 20 W 35x2x16 6g 85 125 130 160 70 90 -
Ex-AME 30 W 45x2x21 6g 106 106 151 151 85 85 244
160
Ex-WUE 20 W 35x2x16 6g 85 125 130 160 70 90 -
Ex-WUE 30 W 45x2x21 6g 85 85 151 151 85 85 305
Ex-AME 30 W 45x2x21 6g 106 135 151 180 85 100 -
Ex-AME 40 W 50x2x24 6g 125 125 170 170 120 120 278
200
Ex-WUE 30 W 45x2x21 6g 106 135 151 180 85 100 -
Ex-WUE 40 W 50x2x24 6g 125 125 170 170 120 120 353

K = Top connection
W = W1 (side connection with drive on wheel block side)
W2 (side connection with drive on connecting plate side)
B = Pin connection
Standard, using welded plate, end connection, DFW

83
3.18 Individual drive unit
Involute solid shaft on cover side Ex-DRS 250 500

Journal shaft
Ex-A offset gearbox Ex-W angular gearbox

Splined shaft see section 3.12 and 3.13

Ex-DRS Individual drive Splined shaft Ex-DRS connecting variant


wheel block unit profile K / W1 B / W2 K / W1 B / W2 K / W1 B / W2 K / W1 B / W2
Gearbox DIN 5480 Dimensions in mm
size size D L6 L7 L8 L9
Ex-ADE40 W 50x2x24 6g 144 144 177 177 130 130 - -
Ex-ADE 50 W 65x2x31 6g 144 181 177 214 138 174 312 344
250 Ex-WUE 40 W 50x2x24 6g 147 147 180 180 130 130 - -
Ex-WUE 50 W 65x2x31 6g 140 181 173 214 125 174 381 422
Ex-WUE 60 W 65x2x31 6g 137 181 170 214 125 174 400 432
Ex-ADE 50 W 65x2x31 6g 177 177 214 214 185 185 - -
Ex-ADE 60 W 75x3x24 6g 174 210 214 250 170 206 374 411
315 Ex-WUE 50 W 65x2x31 6g 181 181 214 214 174 174 - -
Ex-WUE 60 W 65x2x31 6g 181 181 214 214 174 174 - -
Ex-WUE 70 W 75x3x24 6g 174 210 214 250 170 206 484 520
Ex-ADE 60 W 75x3x24 6g 174 210 250 250 206 206 - -
Ex-ADE 70 W 90x3x28 6g 208 242 257 291 200 245 462 496
400
Ex-WUE 70 W 75x3x24 6g 174 210 214 250 170 206 - -
Ex-WUE 80 W 90x3x28 6g 203 237 252 286 200 230 527 565
Ex-ADE 70 W 90x3x28 6g 203 237 291 291 200 230 - -
Ex-ADE 80 W 110x3x35 6g 236 276 290 330 220 260 - -
500
Ex-WUE 80 W 90x3x28 6g 205 237 252 284 200 232 - -
Ex-WUE 90 W 110x3x35 6g 230.5 270.5 284.5 324.5 220 260 - -

K = Top connection
W = W1 (side connection with drive on wheel block side)
W2 (side connection with drive on connecting plate side)
B = Pin connection Standard, using welded plate, end connection, DFW 84
3.19 Ex-DRS 125 200 wheel block with offset gearbox and motor

Ex-A 20 Ex-A 40 2 and 3-stage coupling design

TEFC TENV
TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Ex-DRS k12 k13 k12 k13
Gearbox
wheel Brake motor p11 b5 g1 h1 h2 h21 x1 xk
size 2-stage 3-stage 2-stage 3-stage
block size
o g h22
D T D T
63A/B - 584 - 287 - 114 176 - 161 93
Ex-A.. 20 247 87 104 57.5 62.5 5
71A/B 677 632 186.5 172.5
125 380 335 165 137 186 106
71A/B 689 644 211.5 197.5
Ex-A.. 30 259 88 129 75 62.5 -13
80A/B 747 692 438 383 183 155 196 220.5 206.5 142
63A/B - 600 - 287 134 114 176 171 161 93
Ex-A.. 20 263 103 104 57.5 80 22
71A/B 693 648 186.5 172.5
380 335 165 137 186 106
71A/B 705 660 211.5 197.5
Ex-A.. 30 275 104 129 75 80 5
160 80A/B 763 708 438 383 183 155 196 220.5 206.5 142
71A/B 708 663 380 335 165 137 186 230.5 216.5 106
Ex-A.. 40 80A/B 766 711 278 104 438 383 183 155 196 148 90 80 239.5 225.5 -10 142
90S/L 835 780 507 452 208 172 206 252 234 124
71A/B 715 670 380 335 165 137 186 211.5 197.5 106
Ex-A.. 30 285 114 129 75 100 25
80A/B 773 718 438 383 183 155 196 220.5 206.5 142
200 71A/B 718 673 380 335 165 137 186 230.5 216.5 106
Ex-A.. 40 80A/B 776 721 288 114 438 383 183 155 196 148 90 100 239.5 225.5 10 142
90S/L 845 790 507 452 208 172 206 252 234 124

() Torque bracket obstacle edge

85
3.19 Ex-DRS 200 wheel block with offset gearbox and motor

Ex-A 50 2 and 3-stage coupling design

TEFC TENV
TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Ex-DRS k12 k13 k12 k13
Gearbox
wheel Brake motor p11 b5 g1 h1 h2 h21 x1
size 2-stage 3-stage 2-stage 3-stage
block size
o g h22
D T D T
71A/B 746 701 380 335 165 137 186 260.5 246.5
80A/B 804 749 438 383 183 155 196 269.5 255.5
200 Ex-A.. 50 90S/L 873 818 316 98 507 452 208 172 206 178 115 100 282 264 -15
100LB 901 843 535 477 234 191 216 295 273.5
112M 974 915 608 549 259 208 237 307.5 282

() Torque bracket obstacle edge

86
3.20 Ex-DRS 250 wheel block with offset gearbox and motor

Ex-A 40 Ex-A 50 2 and 3-stage coupling design

TEFC TENV
TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Ex-DRS k12 k13 k12 k13
Gearbox
wheel Brake motor p11 b5 g1 h1 h2 h21 x1
size 2-stage 3-stage 2-stage 3-stage
block size
o g h22
D T D T
71A/B 712 667 380 335 165 137 186 216.5 216.5
Ex-A.. 40 80A/B 770 715 282 108 438 383 183 155 196 148 90 125 225.5 225.5 +35
90S/L 839 784 507 452 208 172 206 234 234
250 71A/B 756 711 380 335 165 137 186 246.5 246.5
80A/B 814 759 438 383 183 155 196 255.5 255.5
Ex-A.. 50 326 108 178 115 125 +10
90S/L 883 828 507 452 208 172 206 264 264
100LB 911 853 535 477 234 191 216 273.5 273.5

() Torque bracket obstacle edge

87
3.21 Ex-DRS 250 wheel block with offset gearbox and motor

Ex-A 60 2 and 3-stage coupling design

TEFC TENV
TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Ex-DRS k12 k13 k12 k13
Gearbox
wheel Brake motor p11 b5 g1 h1 h2 h21 x1
size 2-stage 3-stage 2-stage 3-stage
block size o g h22
D T D T
71A/B 780 735 380 335 165 137 186 300.5 286.5
80A/B 838 783 438 383 183 155 196 309.5 295.5
250 Ex-A.. 60 90S/L 907 852 350 108 507 452 208 172 206 218 140 125 322 304 -15
100LB 935 877 535 477 234 191 216 335 313.5
112M 1008 949 608 549 259 208 237 347.5 322

() Torque bracket obstacle edge

88
3.22 Ex-DRS 315 500 wheel block with offset gearbox and motor

Ex-A 50 Ex-A 60 2 and 3-stage coupling design

TEFC TENV
TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Ex-DRS k12 k13 k12 k13
Gearbox
wheel Brake motor p11 b5 g1 h1 h2 h21 x1
size 2-stage 3-stage 2-stage 3-stage
block size
o g h22
D T D T
71A/B 778 733 380 335 165 137 186 260.5 246.5
80A/B 836 781 438 383 183 155 196 269.5 255.5
Ex-AD. 50 90S/L 905 850 348 130 507 452 208 172 206 178 115 157.5 282 264 42 (+29)
100LB 933 875 535 477 234 191 216 295 273.5
112M 1006 947 608 549 259 208 237 307.5 282
315
71A/B 802 757 380 335 165 137 186 300.5 286.5
80A/B 860 805 438 383 183 155 196 309.5 295.5
Ex-AD. 60 90S/L 929 874 372 108 507 452 208 172 206 218 140 157.5 322 304 17 (+29)
100LB 957 899 535 477 234 191 216 335 313.5
112M 1030 971 608 549 259 208 237 347.5 322

() Torque bracket obstacle edge

89
3.23 Ex-DRS 315 500 wheel block with offset gearbox and motor

Ex-AD 60 2 and 3-stage coupling design

Ex-AD 70 Ex-AD 80 2 and 3-stage coupling design

TEFC TENV
TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Ex-DRS k12 k13 k12 k13
Gearbox
wheel Brake motor 2-stage 3-stage 2-stage 3-stage p11 b5 g1 h1 h2 h21 x1
size
block size o g h22
D T D T
71A/B 914 869 380 335 165 137 186 354.5 340.5
80A/B 972 917 438 383 183 155 196 363.5 349.5
90S/L 1041 986 507 452 208 172 206 376 358
315 Ex-AD. 70 484 130 272 165 157.5 -8 (+29)
100LB 1069 1011 535 477 234 191 216 389 367.5
112M 1142 1083 608 549 259 208 237 401.5 376
132M/L 1251 1179 717 645 311 252 260 427.5 398

90
3.23 Ex-DRS 315 500 wheel block with offset gearbox and motor

TEFC TENV
TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Ex-DRS k12 k13 k12 k13
Gearbox
wheel Brake motor p11 b5 g1 h1 h2 h21 x1
size 2-stage 3-stage 2-stage 3-stage
block size
o g h22
D T D T
71A/B 802 757 380 335 165 137 186 300.5 286.5
80A/B 860 805 438 383 183 155 196 309.5 295.5
Ex-AD. 60 90S/L 929 874 372 108 507 452 208 172 206 218 140 157.5 322 304 +17 (+29)
100LB 957 899 535 477 234 191 216 335 313.5
112M 1030 971 608 549 259 208 237 347.5 322
71A/B 938 893 380 335 165 137 186 354.5 340.5
80A/B 996 941 438 383 183 155 196 363.5 349.5
-8 (+29)
90S/L 1065 1010 507 452 208 172 206 376 358
Ex-AD. 70 508 154 272 165 200
400 100LB 1093 1035 535 477 234 191 216 389 367.5
112M 1166 1107 608 549 259 208 237 401.5 376
-8 (+29)
132M/L 1275 1203 717 645 311 252 260 427.5 398
80A/B 1017 962 438 383 183 155 196 419.5 405.5
90S/L 1086 1031 507 452 208 172 206 432 414
100LB 1114 1056 535 477 234 191 216 445 423.5
Ex-AD. 80 112M 1187 1128 529 154 608 549 259 208 237 328 201 200 457.5 432 -1 (+55)
132M/L 1296 1224 717 645 311 252 260 483.5 454
160M/L 1370 1292 791 713 348 274 290 502 465
180M/L 1845 1524 1266 945 412 394 326 534 525

91
3.24 Ex-DRS 315 500 wheel block with offset gearbox and motor

Ex-A 70 Ex-A 90 2 and 3-stage coupling design

TEFC TENV
TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Ex-DRS k12 k13 k12 k13
Gearbox
wheel Brake motor p11 b5 g1 h1 h2 h21 x1
size 2-stage 3-stage 2-stage 3-stage
block size
o g h22
D T D T
71A/B 938 893 380 335 165 137 186 354.5 340.5
80A/B 996 941 438 383 183 155 196 363.5 349.5
90S/L 1065 1010 507 452 208 172 206 376 358
Ex-AD. 70 508 154 272 165 200 -8 (+29)
100LB 1093 1035 535 477 234 191 216 389 367.5
112M 1166 1107 608 549 259 208 237 401.5 376
132M/L 1275 1203 717 645 311 252 260 427.5 398
80A/B 1017 962 438 383 183 155 196 419.5 405.5
90S/L 1086 1031 507 452 208 172 206 432 414
500 Ex-AD. 80 100LB 1114 527 529 154 535 477 234 191 216 328 201 200 445 423.5 -1 (+55)
112M 1187 1128 608 549 259 208 237 457.5 432
132M/L 1296 1224 717 645 311 252 260 483.5 454
160M/L 1370 1292 791 713 348 274 290 502 465
Ex-AD. 80 529 154 328 201 200 -1 (+55)
180M/L 1845 1524 1266 945 412 394 326 534 525
112M 1306 1247 608 549 259 208 237 524.5 499
132M/L 1415 1343 717 645 311 252 260 550.5 521
Ex-AU. 90 160M/L 1489 1411 648 174 791 713 348 274 290 395 240 250 569 532 +10 (+82)
180M/L 1964 1643 1266 945 412 394 326 601 592
200LA/LB 1994 1674 1296 976 412 394 346 601 592

() Torque bracket obstacle edge

92
3.25 Ex-DRS 125 200 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 20 Ex-W 50 2-stage coupling design

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q12 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1
size k12 o g
block size
Ex-WU. 20 63A/B - 636.5 299.5 87 224 24.5 62.5 111.5 -18
- 287 - 114 176
125 63A/B - 653
Ex-WU. 30 316 88 245 27.5 62.5 119.5 -28
71A/B 746 701 380 335 165 137 186
Ex-WU. 20 63A/B - 636.5 299.5 103 240 24.5 80 111.5 0 (-2)
- 287 - 114 176
63A/B - 653
Ex-WU. 30 316 104 261 27.5 80 119.5 -10
71A/B 746 701
380 335 165 137 186
160 71A/B 766 721
80A/B 824 769 438 383 183 155 196
Ex-WU. 40 336 104 290.5 28.6 80 118.6 -25
90S/L 893 838 507 452 208 172 206
100LB 921 863 535 477 234 191 216
63A/B - 653 - 287 - 114 176
Ex-WU. 30 316 114 271 27.5 100 119.5 +10 (-5)
71A/B 430 701
380 335 165 137 186
71A/B 430 721
80A/B 824 769 438 383 183 155 196
Ex-WU. 40 336 114 300.5 28.6 100 118.6 -5
90S/L 557 838 507 452 208 172 206
200
100LB 585 863 535 477 234 191 216
71A/B 799 754 380 335 165 137 186
80A/B 857 802 438 383 183 155 196
Ex-WU. 50 369 114 325.5 33.3 100 136.3 -20
90S/L 926 871 507 452 208 172 206
100LB 954 896 535 477 234 191 216

() Torque bracket obstacle edge

93
3.26 x-DRS 125 200 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 20 Ex-W 40 3-stage coupling design

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q12 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1
size k12 o g
block size
Ex-WU. 20 698.5 361.5 87 224 24.5 62.5 111.5 -18
125
Ex-WU. 30 715 378 88 245 27.5 62.5 119.5 -28
Ex-WU. 20 698.5 361.5 103 240 24.5 80 111.5 0 (-2)
160 Ex-WU. 30 63A/B - 715 378 104 261 - 287 - 114 176 27.5 80 119.5 -10
Ex-WU. 40 743 406 104 290.5 28.6 80 118.6 -25
Ex-WU. 30 715 378 114 271 27.5 100 119.5 +10 (-5)
200
Ex-WU. 40 743 406 114 300.5 28.6 100 118.6 -5

94
3.27 Ex-DRS 200 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 60 3-stage coupling design

Ex-W 60 3-stage coupling design


Note: This model offers greater ground clearance

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q13 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1 x11
size k13 o g
block size
71A/B 794 749 380 335 165 137 186
80A/B 852 797 438 383 183 155 196
107
90S/L 921 866 507 452 208 172 206
200 Ex-WU. 60 364 98 331.5 11.5 100 -105 -7
100LB 949 891 535 477 234 191 216
112M 1022 963 608 549 259 208 237
138.5
132M/L 1131 1059 717 645 311 252 260

95
3.28 Ex-DRS 200 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 60 4-stage coupling design

Ex-W 60 4-stage coupling design


Note: This model offers greater ground clearance

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q14 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 h23 x1
size k14 o g
block size
71A/B 879 834 380 335 165 137 186 137
200 Ex-WU. 60 449 98 331.5 54.5 100 107 -105
80A/B 937 882 438 383 183 155 196 146

96
3.29 Ex-DRS 250 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 40 Ex-W 50 2-stage coupling design

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q12 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1
size k12 o g
block size
71A/B 766 721 380 335 165 137 186
Ex-WU. 40 80A/B 824 769 336 108 294.5 438 383 183 155 196 28.6 125 156 20
90S/L 893 838 507 452 208 172 206
250 71A/B 799 754 380 335 165 137 186
80A/B 857 802 438 383 183 155 196
Ex-WU. 50 369 108 319.5 33.3 125 156 5 (+20)
90S/L 926 871 507 452 208 172 206
100LB 954 896 535 477 234 191 216

97
3.30 Ex-DRS 250 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 40 W 50 3-stage coupling design

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q13 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1
size k13 o g
block size
Ex-WU. 40 - 743 406 108 294.5 28.6 125 156 20
250 63A/B - 287 - 114 176
Ex-WU. 50 - 776 439 108 319.5 33.3 125 156 +5 (+20)

3.31 Ex-DRS 315 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 50 2-stage coupling design

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q12 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1
size k12 o g
block size
71A/B 799 754 380 335 165 137 186
80A/B 857 802 438 383 183 155 196
315 Ex-WU. 50 369 130 341.5 33.3 157.5 193 37 (+29)
90S/L 926 871 507 452 208 172 206
100LB 954 896 535 477 234 191 216

98
3.32 Ex-DRS 315 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 50 3-stage coupling design

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q13 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1
size k13 o g
block size
315 Ex-WU. 50 63A/B - 776 439 130 341.5 - 287 - 114 176 33.3 157.5 193 +37 (+29)

3.33 Ex-DRS 250 - 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 60 Ex-W 80 3-stage coupling design

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q13 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1
size k13 o g
block size
71A/B 794 749 380 335 165 137 186
80A/B 852 797 438 383 183 155 196
250 Ex-WU. 60 90S/L 921 866 364 108 363.5 507 452 208 172 206 11.5 125 156 -80
100LB 949 891 535 477 234 191 216
112M 1022 963 608 549 259 208 237

99
3.33 Ex-DRS 250 - 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q13 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1
size k13 o g
block size
71A/B 794 749 380 335 165 137 186
80A/B 852 797 438 383 183 155 196
364
Ex-WU. 60 90S/L 921 866 507 452 208 172 206
100LB 949 891 535 477 234 191 216
112M 1045 986 608 549 259 208 237
71A/B 817 772 130 404 380 335 165 137 186 11.5 157.5 193 -48
80A/B 875 820 438 383 183 155 196
90S/L 944 889 387 507 452 208 172 206
Ex-WU. 70
100LB 972 914 535 477 234 191 216
315 112M 1045 986 608 549 259 208 237
132M/L 1154 1082 717 645 311 252 260
71A/B 836 791 380 335 165 137 186
80A/B 894 839 438 383 183 155 196
406
90S/L 963 908 507 452 208 172 206
100LB 991 933 535 477 234 191 216
Ex-WU. 80 130 409 32 157.5 193 -118
112M 1139 1080 608 549 259 208 237
132S 1171 1101 640 570 311 252 273
481
132M/L 1248 1176 717 645 311 252 260
160M/L 1322 1244 791 713 348 274 290
71A/B 817 772 380 335 165 137 186
80A/B 875 820 438 383 183 155 196
387
90S/L 944 889 507 452 208 172 206
100LB 972 914 535 477 234 191 216
400 Ex-WU. 70 154 428 6 200 240 -45
112M 1120 1061 608 549 259 208 237
132S 1152 1082 640 570 311 252 273
462
132M/L 1229 1157 717 645 311 252 260
160M/L 1303 1225 791 713 348 274 290

100
3.33 Ex-DRS 250 - 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 80 Ex-W 100 3-stage coupling design

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q13 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1 dv
size k13 o g
block size
71A/B 836 791 380 335 165 137 186
1xM25 +
80A/B 894 839 438 383 183 155 196
406 2xM20
90S/L 963 908 507 452 208 172 206
100LB 991 933 535 477 234 191 216 2xM25 +
Ex-WU. 80 154 433 32 200 240 -75
112M 1139 1080 608 549 259 208 237 2xM20

132S 1171 1101 640 570 311 252 273


481 2xM32 +
132M/L 1248 1176 717 645 311 252 260
2xM20
400
160M/L 1322 1244 791 713 348 274 290
2xM25 +
112M 1177 1118 608 549 259 208 237
2xM20
132S 1209 1139 640 570 311 252 273
2xM32 +
132M/L 1286 1214 717 645 311 252 260
Ex-WU. 90 519 154 469 32 200 240 -115 2xM20
160M/L 1360 1282 791 713 348 274 290
180M/L 1835 1514 1266 945 412 394 326 2xM40 +
200LA/LB 1865 1545 1296 976 412 394 346 2xM20

101
3.33 Ex-DRS 250 - 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q13 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1 dv
size k13 o g
block size
71A/B 836 791 380 335 165 137 186
1xM25 +
80A/B 894 839 438 383 183 155 196
406 2xM20
90S/L 963 908 507 452 208 172 206
100LB 991 933 535 477 234 191 216 2xM25 +
Ex-WU. 80 174 453 32 250 275 +82
112M 1139 1080 608 549 259 208 237 2xM20

132S 1171 1101 640 570 311 252 273


481 2xM32 +
132M/L 1248 1176 717 645 311 252 260
2xM20
160M/L 1322 1244 791 713 348 274 290
2xM25 +
112M 1177 1118 608 549 259 208 237
2xM20
132S 1209 1139 640 570 311 252 273
500 2xM32 +
132M/L 1286 1214 717 645 311 252 260
Ex-WU. 90 519 174 489 32 250 316 -65 2xM20
160M/L 1360 1282 791 713 348 274 290
180M/L 1835 1514 1266 945 412 394 326 2xM40 +
200LA/LB 1865 1545 1296 976 412 394 346 2xM20

2xM25 +
112M 1177 1118 608 549 259 208 237
2xM20
132S 1209 1139 640 570 311 252 273
2xM32 +
Ex-WU. 132M/L 1286 1214 717 645 311 252 260
519 174 559 44 250 316 -140 2xM20
100 160M/L 1360 1282 791 713 348 274 290
180M/L 1835 1514 1266 945 412 394 326 2xM40 +
200LA/LB 1865 1545 1296 976 412 394 346 2xM20

102
3.33 Ex-DRS 250 - 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 60 Ex-W 80 3-stage coupling design


Note: This model offers greater ground clearance

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q13 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h23 x1
size k13 o g
block size
71A/B 794 749 380 335 165 137 186
80A/B 852 797 438 383 183 155 196
+18
250 Ex-WU. 60 90S/L 921 866 364 108 341.5 507 452 208 172 206 11.5 125 205
100LB 949 891 535 477 234 191 216
112M 1022 963 608 549 259 208 237 +13.5
71A/B 794 749 380 335 165 137 186
80A/B 852 797 438 383 183 155 196
Ex-WU. 60 90S/L 921 866 364 130 363.5 507 452 208 172 206 11.5 157.5 +30
100LB 949 891 535 477 234 191 216
112M 1022 963 608 549 259 208 237 205
71A/B 817 772 380 335 165 137 186
80A/B 875 820 438 383 183 155 196
387 130 404 6 157.5 +29.5
90S/L 944 889 507 452 208 172 206

100LB 972 914 535 477 234 191 216


Ex-WU. 70
112M 1120 1061 608 549 259 208 237
315 +26.5
132S 1152 1082 640 570 311 252 273
462 130 404 6 157.5 245
132M/L 1229 1157 717 645 311 252 260
160M/L 1303 1225 791 713 348 274 290 +6.5
71A/B 836 791 380 335 165 137 186
80A/B 894 839 438 383 183 155 196
406
90S/L 963 908 507 452 208 172 206
100LB 991 933 535 477 234 191 216
Ex-WU. 80 130 409 32 157.5 275 +15.5
112M 1139 1080 608 549 259 208 237
132S 1171 1101 640 570 311 252 273
481
132M/L 1248 1176 717 645 311 252 260
160M/L 1322 1244 791 713 348 274 290

103
3.33 Ex-DRS 250 - 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 70 Ex-W 100 3-stage coupling design


Note: This model offers greater ground clearance

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q13 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h23 x1 dv
size k13 o g
block size
71A/B 817 772 380 335 165 137 186
1xM25 +
80A/B 875 820 438 383 183 155 196
387 2xM20
90S/L 944 889 507 452 208 172 206
Ex-WU. 70 100LB 972 914 535 477 234 191 216 +55 2xM25 +
154 433 6 200 245
112M 1120 1061 608 549 259 208 237 2xM20

132S 1152 1082 640 570 311 252 273


462 2xM32 +
132M/L 1229 1157 717 645 311 252 260
2xM20
160M/L 1303 1225 791 713 348 274 290 +49
71A/B 836 791 380 335 165 137 186
1xM25 +
80A/B 894 839 438 383 183 155 196
406 154 469 32 200 275 +55 2xM20
90S/L 963 908 507 452 208 172 206
400 2xM25 +
100LB 991 933 535 477 234 191 216
Ex-WU. 80 2xM20
2xM25 +
112M 1139 1080 608 549 259 208 237
2xM20
132S 1171 1101 640 570 311 252 273
481 154 469 32 200 275 55 2xM32 +
132M/L 1248 1176 717 645 311 252 260
2xM20
160M/L 1322 1244 791 713 348 274 290
2xM25 +
112M 1177 1118 608 549 259 208 237
2xM20
132S 1209 1139 640 570 311 252 273
2xM32 +
132M/L 1286 1214 717 645 311 252 260
Ex-WU. 90 519 154 469 32 200 315 34 2xM20
160M/L 1360 1282 791 713 348 274 290
180M/L 1835 1514 1266 945 412 394 326 2xM40 +
200LA/LB 1865 1545 1296 976 412 394 346 2xM20

104
3.33 Ex-DRS 250 - 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q13 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h23 x1 dv
size k13 o g
block size
71A/B 836 791 380 335 165 137 186
1xM25 +
80A/B 894 839 438 383 183 155 196
406 174 453 32 250 275 82 2xM20
90S/L 963 908 507 452 208 172 206
2xM25 +
100LB 585 933 535 477 234 191 216
Ex-WU. 80 2xM20
2xM25 +
112M 1139 1080 608 549 259 208 237
2xM20
132S 1171 1101 640 570 311 252 273
481 174 453 32 250 275 2xM32 +
132M/L 1248 1176 717 645 311 252 260
2xM20
160M/L 1322 1244 791 713 348 274 290
2xM25 +
112M 1177 1118 608 549 259 208 237
+82 2xM20
132S 1209 1139 640 570 311 252 273
500 2xM32 +
132M/L 1286 1214 717 645 311 252 260
Ex-WU. 90 519 174 489 32 250 315 2xM20
160M/L 1360 1282 791 713 348 274 290
180M/L 1835 1514 1266 945 412 394 326 2xM40 +
200LA/ LB 1865 1545 1296 976 412 394 346 2xM20
2xM25 +
112M 1177 1118 608 549 259 208 237
2xM20
132S 1209 1139 640 570 311 252 273
2xM32 +
Ex-WU. 132M/L 1286 1214 717 645 311 252 260
519 174 559 44 250 390 +44 2xM20
100 160M/L 1360 1282 791 713 348 274 290
180M/L 1835 1514 1266 945 412 394 326 2xM40 +
200LA/ LB 1865 1545 1296 976 412 394 346 2xM20

105
3.34 Ex-DRS 250 - 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 60 Ex-W 80 4-stage coupling design

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q14 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1 dv
size k14 o g
block size
71A/B 879 834 380 335 165 137 186 1xM25 +
250 Ex-WU. 60 449 108 341.5 54.5 125 156 -80
80A/B 937 882 438 383 183 155 196 2xM20

71A/B 879 834 380 335 165 137 186 1xM25 +


Ex-WU. 60 449 130 363.5 54.5 157.5 193 -48
80A/B 937 882 438 383 183 155 196 2xM20

71A/B 915 870 380 335 165 137 186


1xM25 +
80A/B 973 918 438 383 183 155 196
Ex-WU. 70 485 130 404 56 157.5 193 -88 2xM20
90S/L 1042 987 507 452 208 172 206
2xM25 +
100LB 1070 1012 535 477 234 191 216
315 2xM20
71A/B 934 889 380 335 165 137 186
1xM25 +
80A/B 992 937 438 383 183 155 196
504 2xM20
90S/L 1061 1006 507 452 208 172 206
Ex-WU. 80 130 409 82 157.5 193 -118
100LB 1089 1031 535 477 234 191 216 2xM25 +
112M 1188 1129 608 549 259 208 237 2xM20
530 2xM32 +
132S 1220 1150 640 570 311 252 273
2xM20
71A/B 915 870 380 335 165 137 186
1xM25 +
80A/B 973 918 438 383 183 155 196
Ex-WU. 70 485 154 428 56 200 240 -45 2xM20
90S/L 1042 987 507 452 208 172 206
2xM25 +
100LB 1070 1012 535 477 234 191 216
2xM20
71A/B 934 889 380 335 165 137 186
400 1xM25 +
80A/B 992 937 438 383 183 155 196
504 2xM20
90S/L 1061 1006 507 452 208 172 206
Ex-WU. 80 154 433 82 200 240 -75
100LB 1089 1031 535 477 234 191 216 2xM25 +
112M 1188 1129 608 549 259 208 237 2xM20
530 2xM32 +
132S 1220 1150 640 570 311 252 273
2xM20

106
3.34 Ex-DRS 250 - 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 90 Ex-W 100 4-stage coupling design

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q14 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1 dv
size k14 o g
block size
80A/B 1069 1014 438 383 183 155 196 1xM25 +
90S/L 1138 1083 507 452 208 172 206 2xM20

400 Ex-WU. 90 100LB 1166 1108 581 154 469 535 477 234 191 216 93 200 240 -115 2xM25 +
112M 1239 1180 608 549 259 208 237 2xM20
2xM32 +
132S 1271 1201 640 570 311 252 273
2xM20
71A/B 934 889 380 335 165 137 186
1xM25 +
80A/B 992 937 438 383 183 155 196
504 2xM20
90S/L 1061 1006 507 452 208 172 206
Ex-WU. 80 154 433 82 200 240 -75
100LB 1089 1031 535 477 234 191 216 2xM25 +
112M 1188 1129 608 549 259 208 237 2xM20
530 2xM32 +
132S 1220 1150 640 570 311 252 273
2xM20
80A/B 1069 1014 438 383 183 155 196 1xM25 +
90S/L 1138 1083 507 452 208 172 206 2xM20

Ex-WU. 90 100LB 1166 1108 581 489 535 477 234 191 216 93 250 316 -65 2xM25 +
112M 1239 1180 608 549 259 208 237 2xM20
500 2xM32 +
132S 1271 1201 640 570 311 252 273
2xM20
80A/B 1134 1079 438 383 183 155 196 1xM25 +
90S/L 1203 1148 646 507 452 208 172 206 2xM20
174
100LB 1231 1173 535 477 234 191 216 2xM25 +
112M 1379 1320 608 549 259 208 237 2xM20

Ex-WU. 100 132S 1411 1341 559 640 570 311 252 273 122 250 316 -140
2xM32 +
132M/L 1488 1416 717 645 311 252 260
721 2xM20
160M/L 1562 1484 791 713 348 274 290
180M/L 2037 1716 1266 945 412 394 326 2xM40 +
200LA/LB 2067 1747 1296 976 412 394 346 2xM20

107
3.34 Ex-DRS 250 - 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 60 Ex-W 80 4-stage coupling design


Note: This model offers greater ground clearance

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q14 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1 dv
size k14 o g
block size
71A/B 879 834 380 335 165 137 186 1xM25 +
250 Ex-WU. 60 449 108 341.5 54.5 125 205 18
80A/B 937 882 438 383 183 155 196 2xM20

71A/B 878.5 833.5 380 335 165 137 186 1xM25 +


Ex-WU. 60 448.5 130 363.5 54.5 157.5 205 30
80A/B 936.5 881.5 438 383 183 155 196 2xM20

71A/B 915 870 380 335 165 137 186


1xM25 +
80A/B 973 918 438 383 183 155 196
Ex-WU. 70 485 130 404 56 157.5 245 29.5 2xM20
90S/L 1042 987 507 452 208 172 206
2xM25 +
100LB 1070 1012 535 477 234 191 216
315 2xM20
71A/B 934 889 380 335 165 137 186
1xM25 +
80A/B 992 937 438 383 183 155 196
504 2xM20
90S/L 1061 1006 507 452 208 172 206
Ex-WU. 80 130 409 82 157.5 275 15.5
100LB 1089 1031 535 477 234 191 216 2xM25 +
112M 1188 1129 608 549 259 208 237 2xM20
530 2xM32 +
132S 1220 1150 640 570 311 252 273
2xM20
71A/B 915 870 380 335 165 137 186
1xM25 +
80A/B 973 918 438 383 183 155 196
Ex-WU. 70 485 154 428 56 200 245 55 2xM20
90S/L 1042 987 507 452 208 172 206
2xM25 +
100LB 1070 1012 535 477 234 191 216
2xM20
71A/B 934 889 380 335 165 137 186
400 1xM25 +
80A/B 992 937 438 383 183 155 196
504 2xM20
90S/L 1061 1006 507 452 208 172 206
Ex-WU. 80 154 433 82 200 275 55
100LB 1089 1031 535 477 234 191 216 2xM25 +
112M 1188 1129 608 549 259 208 237 2xM20
530 2xM32 +
132S 1220 1150 640 570 311 252 273
2xM20

108
3.34 Ex-DRS 250 - 500 wheel block with angular gearbox and motor

Ex-W 80 Ex-W 100 4-stage coupling design


Note: This model offers greater ground clearance

Ex-DRS TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox
wheel Brake motor q14 b5 b6 g1 h1 h21 h22 x1 dv
size k14 o g
block size
80A/B 1069 1014 438 383 183 155 196 1xM25 +
90S/L 1138 1083 507 452 208 172 206 2xM20

400 Ex-WU. 90 100LB 1166 1108 581 154 469 535 477 234 191 216 93 200 315 34 2xM25 +
112M 1239 1180 608 549 259 208 237 2xM20
2xM32 +
132S 1271 1201 640 570 311 252 273
2xM20
71A/B 934 889 380 335 165 137 186
1xM25 +
80A/B 992 937 438 383 183 155 196
504 2xM20
90S/L 1061 1006 507 452 208 172 206
500 Ex-WU. 80 174 453 82 250 275 82
100LB 1089 1031 535 477 234 191 216 2xM25 +
112M 1188 1129 608 549 259 208 237 2xM20
530 2xM32 +
132S 1220 1150 640 570 311 252 273
2xM20
80A/B 1069 1014 438 383 183 155 196 1xM25 +
90S/L 1138 1083 507 452 208 172 206 2xM20

Ex-WU. 90 100LB 1166 1108 581 174 489 535 477 234 191 216 93 250 315 82 2xM25 +
112M 1239 1180 608 549 259 208 237 2xM20
2xM32 +
132S 1271 1201 640 570 311 252 273
2xM20
80A/B 1134 1079 438 383 183 155 196 1xM25 +
500
90S/L 1203 1148 646 507 452 208 172 206 2xM20

100LB 1231 1173 535 477 234 191 216 2xM25 +


Ex-WU. 2xM20
112M 1379 1320 174 559 608 549 259 208 237 122 250 390 44
100
132S 1411 1341 640 570 311 252 273
721 2xM32 +
132M/L 1488 1416 717 645 311 252 260
2xM20
160M/L 1562 1484 791 713 348 274 290

109
4 Ex-DRS wheel block system
Options and accessories

4.1 MA/MW torque brackets


Individual and central drive unit torque brackets
Dimensions and part nos. for
MA125 - MA250 offset gearboxes
MW125 - MW250 angular gearboxes

MA125-1/MA160-1 MA125-2/MA160-2/MA200-1

Lock nut Locking screw


Gearbox Designation a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 h1 h2
d1 MA in Nm d3 MA in Nm
Ex-AM 20 MA 125-1 - - 177 8.5 8 80 57
58.5 77.5 41 68.5 35 85 35
Ex-AM 30 MA 125-2 92 10 206 10.5 60 80 75
Ex-AM 20 MA 160-1 - - 221 11 8.5 8 104 69
75 97.5 56 90
Ex-AM.30/40 MA 160-2 110 12 246 45 11.5 65 105 75
10.5 60
Ex-AM.30/40 MA 200-1 105 120 70 115 140 10 306 11 130 85

110
MW125-1/MW125-2/MW160-1/MW160-2
MW200-1/MW200-2/MW200-3

Lock nut Locking screw


Gearbox Designation a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 b1 b2 h1 h2
d1 MA in Nm d2 d3 MA in Nm
Ex-WU . 20/30 MW 125-2 58.5 77.5 41 68.5 92 10 206 35 8.5 35 95 80 75
10.3 85
Ex-WU. 20/30 MW 160-1 95
75 97.5 56 90 110 12 246 45 11 105 82
Ex-WU . 40 MW 160-2 110 12.3 130
65
Ex-WU . 30 MW 200-1 95 10.3 85
11
Ex-WU . 40 MW 200-2 105 120 70 115 140 10 306 45 110 12.3 130 130 105
Ex-WU . 50 MW 200-3 11.5 85 130 16.3 330

111
Torque bracket MA/MW

Material: GJS 500-2

Torque bracket MA

Locking screw
Gearbox Designation a1 a4 b1 b2 b3 b4 d1 d2 h1 h2
d3 d4 Qty MA in Nm
Ex-AD . 50 MA 200-2 137.5 75 345 33 4 18 40.1 130 165 8 195 85
Ex-AD . 40 MA 200-1 110 13.5 130 4 130
Ex-AD . 50 MA 250-2 155 80 380 33 4 18 40.1 130 165 230 105
Ex-AD . 60 MA 250-3 180 17.5 215 330
Ex-AD . 50 MA 315-1 130 13.5 165 130
Ex-AD . 60 MA 315-2 185 80 470 40 5 24 50.1 180 215 302 128
17.5 330
Ex-AD . 70 MA 315-3 230 265
Ex-AD . 60 MA 400-1 180 215 8
17.5 330
Ex-AD . 70 MA 400-2 225 130 568 49 6 28 65.1 230 265 359 145
Ex-AD . 80 MA 400-3 250 22 300 720
Ex-AD . 70 MA 500-1 230 17.5 265 330
Ex-AD . 80 MA 500-2 290 160 710 54 7 33 70.1 250 300 420 168
22 720
Ex-AD . 90 MA 500-3 300 350

112
Torque bracket MW

Locking screw
Gearbox Designation a1 a4 b1 b2 b3 b4 d1 d2 h1 h2
d3 d4 Qty MA in Nm
Ex-WU . 60 MW 200-4 137.5 75 345 33 4 18 40.1 130 165 8 195 85
13.5 130
Ex-WU . 40 MW 250-1 110 130
4
Ex-WU . 50 MW 250-2 17.5 165 330
155 80 380 33 4 18 40.1 130 230 105
Ex-WU . 60 MW 250-3 13.5 165 130
8
Ex-WU . 70 MW 250-4 180 17.5 215 330
Ex-WU . 50 MW 315-1 17.5 165 4 330
130
Ex-WU . 60 MW 315-2 13.5 165 130
185 80 470 40 5 24 50.1 302 128
Ex-WU . 70 MW 315-3 180 215
17.5 330
Ex-WU . 80 MW 315-4 230 265
Ex-WU . 70 MW 400-1 180 215
17.5 8 330
Ex-WU . 80 MW 400-2 225 130 568 49 6 28 65.1 230 265 359 145
Ex-WU . 90 MW 400-3 250 22 300 720
Ex-WU . 80 MW 500-1 230 17.5 265 330
Ex-WU . 90 MW 500-2 290 160 710 54 7 33 70.1 250 300 420 168
22 720
Ex-WU . 100 MW 500-3 300 350

113
4.2 D2 torque bracket

Ex-A 40 Ex-A 60 Ex-A 70 Ex-A 80 Ex-A 90

Torque
Gearbox bracket Mounting bolt grade 10.9 Bore hole template
3)
Torque
Part no. Size Qty d H11 f 0.3 9 h1 h2 h4 a 1) u 1), 2)
bracket
Ex-AU/ Ex-
818 649 44 M 12 4 115 Nm 14 35 - 25 20.5 206 91.5 4 30 4
AD 40
Ex-AU/ Ex-
811 208 44 M 16 4 300 Nm 18 65 - 60 20 255 140 6 54.5 6
AD 50
Ex-AU/ Ex-
787 989 44 M 16 4 300 Nm 18 100 - 60 83 309 120 12 73 12
AD 60
Ex-AU/ Ex-
787 990 44 M 16 6 300 Nm 18 100 - 60 83 366 120 12 68.5 12
AD 70
Ex-AU/ Ex-
787 991 44 M 16 6 300 Nm 18 100 - 60 83 440 118 12 64.5 12
AD 80
Ex-AU 90 787 995 44 M 16 8 300 Nm 18 90 184 40 10 520 159 12 93 12

1) To flange support surface


2) Tolerance due to torque bracket slot
3) Drive shaft fitted into hollow shafts must be checked for strength

114
Ex-AU/Ex-AD 40, gearbox, part no. 818 649 44
1 Lock nutVM12, DIN 980-8
2 Washer 13x35x5, DIN 6340
3 Spring element 13x35x10
4 Spring element 13x35x25
5 Washer 13x24x3, DIN 6916-HV
6 Socket head screw M12x100, DIN
912-10.9

Ex-AU/Ex-AD 50, gearbox, part no. 811 208 44


1 Lock nutVM16, DIN 980-8
2 Washer 17x45x6, DIN 6340
3, 4 Spring element 17x45x10
5 Washer 17x30x4, DIN 6916-HV
6 Socket head screw M16x90,
DIN 912-10.9

Ex-AU/Ex-AD 60, gearbox, part no. 787 989 44


1 Lock nutVM20, DIN 980-8
2, 6 Washer 21x50x6, DIN 6340
3, 4 Spring element 21x50x23.5
5 2 x washer 21x50x6, DIN 6340
7 Socket head screw M20x150,
DIN 912-10.9

Ex-AU/Ex-AD 70, gearbox, part no. 787 990 44


1 Lock nutVM20, DIN 980-8
3, 4 Spring element 21x50x23.5
2, 5, 6 Washer 21x50x6, DIN 6340
7 Socket head screw M20x150,
DIN 912-10.9

115
Ex-AU/Ex-AD 80, gearbox, part no. 787 991 44
1 Lock nutVM20, DIN 980-8
3, 4 Spring element 21x50x23.5
2, 5, 6 Washer 21x50x6, DIN 6340
7 Socket head screw M20x150,
DIN 912-10.9

Ex-AU 90, gearbox, part no. 787 995 44


1 Lock nutVM24, DIN 980-8
3, 4 Spring element 26x60x43
2, 5, 6 Washer 25x60x8, DIN 6340
7 Socket head screw M24x220, ISO
4014-10.9

116
4.3 Torque bracket set

Part No. 1)
Ex-DRS
Torque bracket
wheel Gearbox Designation Top connection Side connection Pin connection
D2 2)
block size
K W B
Ex-AM . 20 MA125-1 752 396 44 752 397 44
125 Ex-AM . 30 MA125-2 752 391 44 752 394 44
Ex-WU . 20/30 MW125-2 752 491 44 752 494 44
Ex-AM . 20 MA160-1 752 696 44 752 697 44
160 Ex-AM . 30/40 MA160-2 752 691 44 752 694 44
Ex-WU . 20/30 MW160-1 752 790 44 752 792 44
Ex-WU . 40 MW160-2 752 791 44 752 794 44
Ex-AM . 30/40 MA200-1 753 190 44 753 192 44
Ex-AD . 50 MA200-2 753 191 44 753 193 44

200 Ex-WU . 30 MW200-1 753 290 44 753 293 44


Ex-WU . 40 MW200-2 753 291 44 753 294 44
Ex-WU . 50 MW200-3 753 292 44 753 295 44
Ex-WU . 60 MW200-4 753 296 44 753 297 44

Ex-AD . 40 MA250-1 753 490 44 753 570 44 818 649 44


Ex-AD . 50 MA250-2 753 491 44 753 571 44 818 208 44
Ex-AD . 60 MA250-3 753 492 44 753 572 44 787 989 44
250 Ex-WU . 40 MW250-1 753 590 44 753 580 44 -
Ex-WU . 50 MW250-2 753 591 44 753 581 44 -
Ex-WU . 60 MW250-3 753 592 44 753 582 44 -
Ex-WU . 70 MW250-4 753 593 44 753 583 44 -
Ex-AD . 50 MA315-1 754 190 44 754 270 44 818 208 44
Ex-AD . 60 MA315-2 754 191 44 754 271 44 787 989 44
Ex-AD . 70 MA315-3 754 192 44 754 272 44 787 990 44
315 Ex-WU . 50 MW315-1 754 290 44 754 280 44 -
Ex-WU . 60 MW315-2 754 291 44 754 281 44 -
Ex-WU . 70 MW315-3 754 292 44 754 282 44 -
Ex-WU . 80 MW315-4 754 293 44 754 283 44 -
Ex-AD . 60 MA400-1 754 490 44 754 570 44 787 989 44
Ex-AD . 70 MA400-2 754 491 44 754 571 44 787 990 44
Ex-AD . 80 MA400-3 754 492 44 754 572 44 787 991 44
400
Ex-WU . 70 MW400-1 754 590 44 754 580 44 -
Ex-WU . 80 MW400-2 754 591 44 754 581 44 -
Ex-WU . 90 MW400-3 754 592 44 754 582 44 -
Ex-AD . 70 MA500-1 754 790 44 754 870 44 787 990 44
Ex-AD . 80 MA500-2 754 791 44 754 871 44 787 991 44
Ex-AD . 90 MA500-3 754 792 44 754 872 44 787 995 44
500
Ex-WU . 80 MW500-1 754 890 44 754 880 44 -
Ex-WU . 90 MW500-2 754 891 44 754 881 44 -
Ex-WU . 100 MW500-3 754 892 44 754 882 44 -

1) Part no. includes torque bracket, bolted fastening parts and retaining elements depending on the design
2) Torque bracket with threaded pin set for threaded hole (e.g. welded-on plate)

117
4.4 Buffer dimensions

4.4.1 Buffer elements, M rubber buffer

Dimensions in mm
Ex-DRS w/o guide
wheel Buffer rollers
block size d1 d2 l1 l2
Threaded
pins (2)
M 70 70 65 70 26 M12 x 30
125
160 M 100 100 95 100 26 M12 x 30
200 M 130 130 122 120 26 M12 x 30
-
M 160 160 155 150 40 M12 x 30

Ex-DRS Dimensions in mm
wheel Buffer Threaded
block size d1 d2 l1 l2
pins (2)
M 70 70 65 70 26 M12 x 30
250 M 100 100 95 100 26 M12 x 30
315 400
M 130 130 122 120 26 M12 x 30
500
M 160 160 155 150 40 M12 x 30
- M 210 210 200 200 68 M12 x 75

Solo fitting to
Ex-DRS 125 200 units

118
4.5 Shaft protection

Ex-DRS 125 - 200

Ex-DRS 250 - 400

119
Ex-DRS wheel Part no. for standard track gauge 1)
block size 1000 1400 2240 2800 3150
125 860 141 46 860 142 46 860 143 46 860 144 46 860 145 46
160 860 241 46 860 242 46 860 243 46 860 244 46 860 245 46
200 860 341 46 860 342 46 860 343 46 860 344 46 860 345 46
250 860 441 46 860 442 46 860 443 46 860 444 46 860 445 46
315 860 541 46 860 542 46 860 543 46 860 544 46 860 545 46
400 860 641 46 860 642 46 860 643 46 860 644 46 860 645 46

1) Part no. includes shaft protection tubes, adapter, thrust rings and O rings

The length of shaft protection tubes will vary depending on the connection variant and gearbox type. The set
includes shaft protection tubes with the maximum length.
The table below gives the required length of shaft protection tubes to which the tubes may have to be
shortened.

Note:
Shaft protection tube I must be shortened for Ex-DRS 125 - 200
Shaft protection tube II must be shortened for Ex-DRS 250

Required tube length I in mm for connecting variants


Ex-DRS wheel Top connection/side Pin connection for Pin connection with
Gearbox type
block size connection travel unit welded plate
K/W B B
Ex-AME 20 70
Ex-AMK 30 54 44 34
125
Ex-WUE 20 70
Ex-WUK 30 41 21

Ex-AME 30 2) 74
Ex-AMK 40 55 42 30
160
Ex-WUE 30 80.5
Ex-WUK 40 44.5 21.5

Ex-AME 40 86
Ex-ADK 50 149 121
200 Ex-WUE 40 96
Ex-WUK 50 61 33

Ex-WUK 60 53.5 25.5

120
Required tube II length in mm for connecting variants and standard track gauge

Standard track gauge K/W B


Ex-DRS
wheel block Gearbox type 1000 1400 2240 2800 3150 1000 1400 2240 2800 3150
size
Ex-ADE 50 230 630 1470 2030 2380 197 597 1437 1997 2347
Ex-ADK 60 200 600 1440 2000 2350 162 562 1402 1962 2312
250 Ex-WUE 50 137 537 1377 1937 2287 118 518 1358 1918 2260
Ex-WUE 60 133 533 1373 1933 2283 119 519 1359 1919 2269
Ex-WUK 70 86 486 1326 1886 2236 79 479 1319 1875 2225
Ex-ADE 60 140 540 1380 1940 2290 100 500 1340 1900 2250
Ex-ADK 70 85 485 1325 1885 2235 42 442 1282 1842 2192
315
Ex-WUE 70 52 452 1292 1852 2203 - 1) 402 1242 1802 2152
Ex-WUK80 20 420 1260 1820 2170 - 1) 375 1215 1775 2125
Ex-ADE 70 55 455 1295 1855 2205 - 1) 376 1216 1776 2126
Ex-ADK 80 - 1) 384 1224 1784 2134 - 1) 337 1177 1737 2087
400
Ex-WUE 80 - 1) 400 1240 1800 2150 - 1) 313 1153 1713 2063
Ex-WUK90 - 1) 340 1180 1740 2090 - 1) 296 1136 1696 2046

1) Tube II is not used, tube I must be used and adapted, as required


2) Only use f off tube II for B/BK connection variant with 1000 mm track gauge

121
4.6 Options
Relubrication of grooved ball bearings
Ex-DRS 250 - 500

Relubrication on accessible side surfaces via screw-fitted flat nipple

Second flat
lubrication nipple

Part no. 350 580 99 1)


1) Part no. includes 1 off Flat lubrication nipple
flat lubrication nipple AM10x1 DIN 3404,

Relubrication on inaccessible side surfaces, e.g. due to fitted drive or superstructure. Lubrication nipple
part no. 350 580 99 can be used for the accessible side.

1) Part no. contains complete lubrication unit


including a tube clip to attach the lubricating line.

Relubrication on inaccessible side surfaces, e.g. due to side connection or similar connecting structures.
Lubrication nipple part no. 350 580 99 can be used for the accessible side.

Part no. 752 911 44 1)


Straight relubrication line with
AM10x1 DIN 3404 flat lubrication
nipple (tube length 200 mm)

122
Friction bearings with double-lip Low-maintenance grooved ball bearings with double-lip sealing discs
sealing discs for Ex-DRS 125 - 200 must be used for extremely dusty and damp operating conditions.
Suitable for temperatures from -20 C to +110 C.

Travel wheels with hardened For operating conditions in which increased travel wheel wear is likely
treads (e.g. rails with extreme dirt accumulation), the running surfaces of the
spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheels can be induction hardened
(to a depth of 1.2 to 2 mm). Hardening is then to 56 2 HRC.

Hardened wheel flanges For operating conditions in which increased wheel flange wear is likely
(e.g. rails with extreme dirt accumulation), the running surfaces of the
spheroidal graphite cast iron travel wheel flanges can be specially
hardened (penetration depth up to 3 mm). Hardening is then to 56 HRC.
This does not apply to flanges turned at a later date beyond the
standard tread, e.g. Ex-DRS 125 to 62 mm.

Acid-resistant paint finish See section 1.8 for information.


Ex-DRS 125 - 500

Ex-DRS 125 - 500 See section 1.8 for information on special paint finish.
Special paint finish

Temperatures + 70 C to + 150 C High-temperature grease, V sealing ring of Viton and relubrication


Ex-DRS 250 - 500 opening closed with screws.

123
Geared motors
Angular geared motors
Offset geared motors
Helical geared motors

124
1 Angular geared motors

Housing designs

Ex-WUH 20 Ex-WUH 100


Universal type

Ex-WGV 20 Ex-WGV 100


Foot-mounted type

Ex-WGV 20 Ex-WGV 100


Foot-mounted type

Ex-WFV 20 Ex-WFV 100


Flange-mounted type

125
1 Angular geared motors

The Angular geared motor" selection tables contain several geared motors which fulfill the criteria in terms of
power, speed and duty factor in the "Gearbox" column.
The type designation indicates the geared motor technical features.

Type designation
The gearbox designation comprises:
gearbox type
housing design
output shaft type
size
number of stages
input type

Mounting code
The mounting code must be added to the gearbox information. The mounting code indicates the
model and mounting position
output shaft dimension
motor terminal box position
gearbox transmission ratio in sequence
The type designation and mounting code taken together make up the order data according to which the
required geared motor is supplied.

126
1.1 Gearbox type designation
Type designation Mounting code

Refer to section 1.4 for explanation of the


mounting code.

Transmission ratio

Terminal box position

Output shaft code

Model code

Ex W U H 50 D L - B14.0 - 50 - 3 - 61.5

L Light coupling
S Heavy coupling

Number of stages
D 2-stage
T 3-stage
Q 4-stage

Size
20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90

Output shaft design


V Solid shaft with key
E Splined solid shaft
H Hollow shaft with key
K Splined hollow shaft
B Hollow shaft shrink disc

Housing design
U Universal design
G Foot mounting or foot mounting at gearbox end
F Flange mounting

Gearbox type
W Angular gearbox

Explosion-Proof

127
1.2 Mounting code
Model code
All gearbox models and mounting positions available can be found in sections 1.2.1 to 1.2.3. The code must
include the corresponding model code.

Output shaft code


The output shaft type is indicated by the following codes:

Size Ex-W 20 Ex-W 30 Ex-W 40 Ex-W 50 Ex-W 60 Ex-W 70 Ex-W 80 Ex-W 90 Ex-W 100

1)
Solid shaft with key V 25 30 40 50 0 60 70 90 110

Solid shaft with key, both sides V 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11


O u tp u t s h a ft c o d e

1) 2)
Splined solid shaft E 35 45 50 65 65 75 90 110 -

2)
Splined solid shaft, on both sides E 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11

Hollow shaft with key H 30 35 40 50 50 60 70 90 100

Splined hollow shaft K 30 35 45 50 50 65 75 90 110

3)
Hollow shaft with shrink disc B 28/30 35 40 50 50 65 70 90 100

Solid shaft without key V 125 130 140 150 150 160 170 190 200
O u tp u t s h a ft
O p t io n
code

Solid shaft with key in inches V 225 230 240 250 250 260 270 290 300

Hollow shaft with key in inches H 230 235 240 250 250 260 270 290 300

1) The solid shaft or shrink disc may be optionally fitted both on one side as well as on the other side of the
gearbox. The code is made up according to the model code assigned to the diagram.

2) No radial load permitted


See output shaft code table for drive shaft code to use Ex-W gearboxes with Ex-DRS

3) The mounting code is used to determine which side of the gearbox the shrink died is fitted to.
The shrink disc is located on the opposite side of the shaft shown in the model code diagram (in the
catalogue). The standard shrink disc shaft is available for model codes B14.6, B3.1, B7.3 and B5.5 and all
other model codes shown in the same column below.
As an option the shrink disc shaft can also be supplied with model codes B14.0, B3.0, B7.2 or B5.0 and all
other model codes shown in the same column below (longer delivery period)

128
Output shaft code

Codes for shafts with involute spline profile E or K for use with Ex-W angular gearboxes with the Ex-DRS
wheel block system.

Connection variants 3)
Wheel block Gearbox / Housing Drive shaft type Drive
Ex-DRS design 1) arrangement K/W1 B/W2
Size Size Code 2) Output shaft code according to
mounting code
EA 35
Ex-WU . 20 E
ZI 11
125
EA
Ex-WU . 30 K 35
ZI
Ex-WU . 20 35 36
EA
E 45
Ex-WU . 30
160 ZI 11
EA
Ex-WU . 40 K 45
ZI
Ex-WU . 30 45 46
EA
E 50
Ex-WU . 40
200 ZI 11
EA
Ex-WU . 50/60 K 50
ZI
Ex-WU . 40 51
EA
E 65 66
Ex-WU . 50/60
250 ZI 11 22
EA
Ex-WU . 70 K 65
ZI
Ex-WU . 50/60 66
EA
E 75 76
Ex-WU . 70
315 ZI 11 22
EA
Ex-WU . 80 K 75
ZI
Ex-WU . 70 76
EA
E 90 91
Ex-WU . 80
400 ZI 11 22
EA
Ex-WU . 90 K 90
ZI
Ex-WU . 80 91
EA
E 110 111
500 Ex-WU . 90
11 22
ZI
Ex-WU . 100 K 110

1) E = Splined solid shaft


K = Splined hollow shaft
2) EA = Individual drive unit
ZI = ZI central drive unit, inside arrangement
3) K = Top connection
W = W1 (side connection with drive on wheel block side)
W2 (side connection with drive on connecting plate side)
B = Pin connection

129
Terminal box position:

The terminal box of the motor may be fitted in four different positions. The positions are defined as 0, 1, 2 or 3
looking at the motor shaft end-on (see sections 1.2.1 to 1.2.3).

Example: Terminal box position 1

Gearbox transmission ratio:

Refer to the Transmission ratio i column in the Angular geared motors selection tables for the transmission
ratio.

130
1.2.1 Ex-WU gearbox model code
Universal design U
Model B14, V18, V19
Both output sides with centering and threaded hole, bolting surfaces on gearbox end underside with
threaded hole

B14.0 B14.6

B14.1 B14.7

Terminal box Terminal box


position code position code
according to model according to model
code B14.0 code B14.6

B14.2 B14.8

B14.3 B14.9

Terminal box Terminal box


position code position code
according to model according to model
code B14.0 code B14.6

V18.0 V18.1

V19.0 V19.0

131
1.2.2 Ex-WG gearbox model code
Foot-mounted type G
Model B3, B6, B7, B8, V5, V6
Foot-mounted

B3.0 B3.1

B6.0 B6.1

Terminal box Terminal box


position code position code
according to model according to model
code B3.0 code B3.1

B8.0 B8.1

B7.0 B7.1

Terminal box Terminal box


position code position code
according to model according to model
code B3.0 code B3.1

V5.0 V5.1

V6.0 V6.1

132
Ex-WG gearbox model code
Foot-mounted type G
Model B3, B6, B7, B8, V5, V6
Foot-mounted at gearbox end

B7.2 B7.3

B3.2 B3.3

Terminal box Terminal box


position code position code
according to model according to model
code B7.2 code B7.3

B6.2 B6.3

B8.2 B8.3

Terminal box Terminal box


position code position code
according to model according to model
code B7.2 code B7.3

V5.2 V5.3

V6.2 V6.3

133
1.2.3 Ex-WF gearbox model code
Flange-mounted type F
Model B5, V1, V3
Flange-mounted with through-holes

B5.0 B5.6

B5.1 B5.7

Terminal box Terminal box


position code position code
according to model according to model
code B5.0 code B5.6

B5.2 B5.8

B5.3 B5.9

Terminal box Terminal box


position code position code
according to model according to model
code B5.0 code B5.6

V1.0 V1.1

V3.0 V3.1

134
1.3 Angular gearbox with coupling connection
Explosion-proof motors are mounted by means of flange, coupling and coupling extension.

Coupling arrangement

Brake motor

Ex-W20 Ex-W100 Intermediate


Angular gearbox flange
Coupling

Data are given for input drive speed n1 = 1450rpm

135
1.3.1 Selection example
Angular geared motors with coupling connection
Selection example
The requirement is to find a geared motor with a brake motor, 0.37kW, and an output speed of approx. 10rpm.
Required duty factor f Berf ~
~ 1.4
Motor selection
Key value table for 4-pole motors.

4-pole motors

Rated Speed Current Efficiency Power IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN JMot Sound Mass Explos. Temp.
output factor Pr. Group Class CESI
IN
Type ATEX
PN nN V. 400 4/4 kg m2 Lp Kg.
no.
kW rpm A % cos (x 10-3) dB (A)

63 A 0.12 1380 0.62 58 0.55 2.9 2.3 2.5 0.25 45 22 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 110

63 B 0.18 1340 0.67 59 0.65 2.4 2.3 2.5 0.25 45 22 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 110

71 A 0.25 1380 0.77 65 0.71 3.1 2.2 2.6 1.02 49 29 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 110

71 B 0.37 1380 1.10 69 0.72 3.5 2.2 2.7 1.32 49 29 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 110

80 A 0.55 1380 1.60 70 0.71 4.0 2.3 2.5 1.70 52 36 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 111

80 B 0.75 1400 2.00 77 0.70 4.0 2.3 2.6 2.10 52 36 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 111

Selected motor:
71 B, 0.37kW, 1380rpm,

9550 X 0.37
MNMot = = 2.56 Nm
1380
Gearbox selection according to the following criteria:

Motor speed 1380 rpm


i = = 138
Output speed 10 rpm

Gearbox rated torque at input speed n1 = 1450 rpm;

M2N ~ ~1.4 138 2.56 ~ 495 Nm


~fB i MNMot. ~

Gearbox to be selected according to section 1.3.2 selection tables for helical gearboxes with coupling
connection, 1450rpm

136
1) 2)
M 2 [Nm] i P2 [kW] [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]

480 99.6 0.73 15 10000


500 110 0.69 13 10000
123 0.62 12 10000
137 0.55 11 10000 Ex-W.. 40T. 26
158 0.48 9.2 10000
175 0.43 8.3 10000
194 0.39 7.5 10000

Selected:
Angular gearbox Universal type Ex-WU. 40 T.

Or

Angular gearbox Foot mounted type Ex-WG. 40 T.

Or

Angular gearbox Flange-mounted type Ex-WF. 40T.

Gearbox: Ex-W.. 40T.


Transmission ratio: i = 137.
Output speed approx.
1380rpm / 137 = 10.07 rpm
Permissible radial force 10000 N.

Given duty factor fB:

500 Nm
fB = = 1.425
137 2.56 Nm

137
Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex-
W20 W30 W40 W50 W60 W70/W80 W90 W100
Motor frame size

Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex-


A20 A30 A40 - A50/A60 A70 A80 A90 -

63
71
80
90 S H1 HT 1
90 L
100
112 M
132 S H2 HT 2
132 M
132 L
160
180 H3
200
225

e.g.
Light coupling H1 or Heavy coupling HT1.

138
1.3.2 Selection tables
Angular gearboxes with coupling connection

Input speed n1 ~ 1450 rpm

1) 2)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [W] [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]

3) 4) 3) 4) 3) 4)
200 5.45 5.6 266 4100
7.07 4.3 205 4100
8.73 3.5 166 4100
10.6 2.9 137 4100
11.7 2.6 124 4100
13.7 2.2 106 4100
15.2 2.0 95 4100
17.0 1.8 86 4100
18.8 1.6 77 4100
21.4 1.4 68 4100
23.7 1.3 61 4100
Ex-W..20D 13
27.9 1.1 52 4100
30.9 0.98 47 4100
34.2 0.89 42 4100
37.8 0.80 38 4100
43.1 0.70 34 4100
47.7 0.64 30 4100
53.0 0.57 27 4100
58.7 0.52 25 4100
68.0 0.45 21 4100
81.4 0.37 18 4100
90.1 0.34 16 4100
200 97.1 0.31 15 4100
114 0.27 13 4100 Ex-W..20T 14
127 0.24 12 4100

1) FR refers to types Ex-WUV and Ex-WGV. Lower FR values are permitted for Ex-WFV
2) Weight Ex-WUH without coupling, without oil
3) For fitting to motors 100
4) For fitting to motors 112

139
1.3.2 Selection tables
Angular gearboxes with coupling connection

Input speed n1 ~ 1450 rpm

1) 2)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [W] [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]

3) 4) 3) 4) 3) 4)
200 140 0.22 10 4100
155 0.20 9.4 4100
177 0.17 8.2 4100
195 0.16 7.4 4100
217 0.14 6.7 4100 Ex-W..20T 14
241 0.13 6.0 4100
279 0.11 5.2 4100
308 0.10 4.7 4100
369 0.08 3.9 4100
198 3.73 8.0 388 5600
235 5.24 6.8 277 5600
234 5.60 6.3 259 5600
256 6.78 5.7 214 5600
330 7.26 6.9 200 5600
329 8.03 6.2 181 5600
278 8.64 4.9 168 5600
330 10.2 4.9 142 5600
11.3 4.4 129 5600
13.2 3.8 110 5600
14.6 3.4 100 5600
16.8 3.0 86 5600
18.6 2.7 78 5600
20.5 2.4 71 5600 Ex-W..30D 18
22.7 2.2 64 5600
26.0 2.0 56 5600
28.8 1.8 50 5600
33.1 1.5 44 5600
36.6 1.4 40 5600
40.9 1.3 36 5600
45.3 1.1 32 5600
51.5 0.97 28 5600
57.0 0.88 26 5600
63.1 0.79 23 5600
69.8 0.72 21 5600
81.4 0.62 18 5600
90.1 0.56 16 5600
311 107 0.44 14 5600
330 118 0.42 12 5600
326 136 0.36 11 5600
330 150 0.33 9.7 5600
168 0.30 8.6 5600
186 0.27 7.8 5600
Ex-W..30T 19
211 0.24 6.9 5600
234 0.21 6.2 5600
259 0.19 5.6 5600
286 0.18 5.1 5600
334 0.15 4.3 5600
369 0.14 3.9 5600

1) FR refers to types Ex-WUV and Ex-WGV. Lower FR values are permitted for Ex-WFV
2) Weight Ex-WUH without coupling, without oil
3) For fitting to motors 100
4) For fitting to motors 112

140
1.3.2 Selection tables
Angular gearboxes with coupling connection

Input speed n1 ~ 1450 rpm

1) 2)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [W] [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]

3) 4) 3) 4) 3) 4)
320 409 3.87 12.5 16 375 8004
356 455 4.86 11.1 14.2 299 8126
378 482 5.76 10 12.7 252 8261
401 500 6.46 9.4 11.8 224 8306
500 7.51 10.1 10.1 193 8313
431 8.24 7.9 9.2 176 8524
500 9.44 8.0 8.0 154 8695
10.4 7.3 7.3 139 8965
11.2 6.8 6.8 130 9102
12.6 6.0 6.0 115 9393
13.9 5.5 5.5 104 9689
16.0 4.7 4.7 91 10000
17.7 4.3 4.3 82 10000
20.5 3.7 3.7 71 10000 Ex-W..40D 23 30
22.6 3.4 3.4 64 10000
24.4 3.1 3.1 60 10000
27.0 2.8 2.8 54 10000
30.2 2.5 2.5 48 10000
33.4 2.3 2.3 43 10000
38.7 2.0 2.0 37 10000
42.9 1.8 1.8 34 10000
52.7 1.5 1.5 28 10000
59.9 1.3 1.3 24 10000
66.2 1.1 1.1 22 10000
73.2 1.1 1.1 20 10000
81.0 0.94 0.94 18 10000
90.8 0.84 0.84 16 10000
480 99.6 0.73 15 10000
500 110 0.69 13 10000
123 0.62 12 10000
137 0.55 11 10000
158 0.48 9.2 10000
175 0.43 8.3 10000
Ex-W..40T 26
194 0.39 7.5 10000
215 0.35 6.7 10000
244 0.31 5.9 10000
270 0.28 5.4 10000
331 0.23 4.4 10000
371 0.20 3.9 10000
371 476 4.94 11.4 14.6 294 14000
405 519 6.07 10.1 13 239 14000
446 571 7.91 8.6 11 183 14000
643 643 9.59 10.2 10.2 151 14000
663 663 11.8 8.5 8.5 123 14000 Ex-W..50D 47 65
651 651 13.1 7.5 7.5 111 14000
687 687 15.4 6.8 6.8 94 14000
674 674 17.0 6.0 6.0 85 14000
709 709 19.6 5.5 5.5 74 14000

1) FR refers to types Ex-WUV and Ex-WGV. Lower FR values are permitted for Ex-WFV
2) Weight Ex-WUH without coupling, without oil
3) For fitting to motors 100
4) For fitting to motors 112

141
1.3.2 Selection tables
Angular gearboxes with coupling connection

Input speed n1 ~ 1450 rpm

1) 2)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [W] [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]

3) 4) 3) 4) 3) 4)
696 696 21.7 4.9 4.9 67 14000
730 730 24.4 4.5 4.5 59 14000
717 717 27.0 4.0 4.0 54 14000
734 734 32.5 3.4 3.4 45 14000
769 769 36.1 3.2 3.2 40 14000
755 755 39.9 2.9 2.9 36 14000
794 794 46.0 2.6 2.6 32 14000 Ex-W..50D 47 65
780 780 50.9 2.3 2.3 29 14000
800 800 55.6 2.2 2.2 26 14000
61.5 2.0 2.0 24 14000
70.5 1.7 1.7 21 14000
78.0 1.6 1.6 19 14000
94.3 1.3 1.3 15 14000
800 99.9 1.2 15 14000
111 1.1 13 14000
120 1.0 12 14000
148 0.82 9.8 14000
163 0.75 8.9 14000
188 0.65 7.7 14000
208 0.58 7.0 14000 Ex-W..50T 51
227 0.54 6.4 14000
251 0.48 5.8 14000
288 0.42 5.0 14000
319 0.38 4.5 14000
349 0.35 4.2 14000
386 0.31 3.8 14000
1350 1350 12.6 16.3 16.3 115 16000
14.0 14.6 14.6 104 16000
16.4 12.5 12.5 89 16000
18.1 11.3 11.3 80 16000
20.8 9.9 9.9 70 16000
23.0 8.9 8.9 63 16000
27.6 7.4 7.4 53 16000
30.5 6.7 6.7 48 16000
34.3 6.0 6.0 42 16000
Ex-W..60T 75 89
38.0 5.4 5.4 38 16000
45.1 4.5 4.5 32 16000
49.9 4.1 4.1 29 16000
55.7 3.7 3.7 26 16000
61.6 3.3 3.3 24 16000
69.3 3.0 3.0 21 16000
76.6 2.7 2.7 19 16000
86.0 2.4 2.4 17 16000
95.1 2.2 2.2 15 16000
1350 113 1.8 13 16000
125 1.6 12 16000
Ex-W..60Q 87
140 1.5 10 16000
155 1.3 9.4 16000

1) FR refers to types Ex-WUV and Ex-WGV. Lower FR values are permitted for Ex-WFV
2) Weight Ex-WUH without coupling, without oil
3) For fitting to motors 100
4) For fitting to motors 112

142
1.3.2 Selection tables
Angular gearboxes with coupling connection

Input speed n1 ~ 1450 rpm

1) 2)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [W] [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]

3) 4) 3) 4) 3) 4)
1350 184 1.1 7.9 16000
204 1.0 7.1 16000
227 0.90 6.4 16000
251 0.82 5.8 16000
Ex-W..60Q 87
283 0.72 5.1 16000
313 0.65 4.6 16000
351 0.58 4.1 16000
388 0.53 3.7 16000
2500 2500 13.7 27.7 27.7 106 25000
15.3 24.8 24.8 95 25000
17.7 21.4 21.4 82 25000
19.8 19.2 19.2 73 25000
22.4 16.9 16.9 65 25000
25.0 15.2 15.2 58 25000
28.8 13.2 13.2 50 25000
32.2 11.8 11.8 45 25000
36.8 10.3 10.3 39 25000
Ex-W..70T 113 142
41.2 9.2 9.2 35 25000
45.8 8.3 8.3 32 25000
51.3 7.4 7.4 28 25000
59.0 6.4 6.4 25 25000
66.0 5.8 5.8 22 25000
73.0 5.2 5.2 20 25000
81.7 4.6 4.6 18 25000
91.0 4.2 4.2 16 25000
102 3.7 3.7 14 25000
2500 2500 113 3.4 3.4 13 25000
126 3.0 3.0 12 25000
144 2.6 2.6 10 25000
161 2.4 2.4 9.0 25000
180 2.1 2.1 8.1 25000
201 1.9 1.9 7.2 25000
Ex-W..70Q 114 134
231 1.6 1.6 6.3 25000
259 1.5 1.5 5.6 25000
286 1.4 1.4 5.1 25000
320 1.1 1.1 4.5 25000
357 1.1 1.1 4.1 25000
399 0.95 0.95 3.6 25000
3862 4000 15.3 38.3 39.7 95 30026
4000 17.0 35.7 35.7 86 30877
19.8 30.7 30.7 73 31732
21.9 27.7 27.7 66 33147
24.9 24.4 24.4 58 33848
Ex-W..80T 152 182
27.7 21.9 21.9 52 35305
32.1 18.9 18.9 45 36241
35.6 17.1 17.1 41 37746
41.0 14.8 14.8 35 38863
45.5 13.3 13.3 32 40000

1) FR refers to types Ex-WUV and Ex-WGV. Lower FR values are permitted for Ex-WFV
2) Weight Ex-WUH without coupling, without oil
3) For fitting to motors 100
4) For fitting to motors 112

143
1.3.2 Selection tables
Angular gearboxes with coupling connection

Input speed n1 ~ 1450 rpm

1) 2)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [W] [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]

3) 4) 3) 4) 3) 4)
4000 4000 51.1 11.9 11.9 28 40000
56.7 10.7 10.7 26 40000
65.8 9.2 9.2 22 40000
73.0 8.3 8.3 20 40000
Ex-W..80T 152 182
81.4 7.5 7.5 18 40000
90.4 6.7 6.7 16 40000
101 6.0 6.0 14 40000
113 5.4 5.4 13 40000
3906 4000 126 4.7 4.8 12 40000
4000 139 4.4 4.4 10 40000
161 3.8 3.8 9.0 40000
178 3.4 3.4 8.1 40000
200 3.0 3.0 7.2 40000
222 2.7 2.7 6.5 40000
Ex-W..80Q 153 173
258 2.4 2.4 5.6 40000
286 2.1 2.1 5.1 40000
319 1.9 1.9 4.5 40000
354 1.7 1.7 4.1 40000
397 1.6 1.6 3.6 40000
441 1.4 1.4 3.3 40000
7000 15.9 66.8 91 38054
17.7 60 82 40043
19.8 53.7 73 40663
22.0 48.3 66 42704
25.5 41.7 57 43830
28.4 37.4 51 45934
32.2 33 45 46870
35.8 29.7 41 49035
40.5 26.2 36 50006
Ex-W..90T 250
45.0 23.6 32 52408
52.2 20.4 28 54374
58.0 18.3 25 57086
64.1 16.6 23 58259
71.2 14.9 20 61069
83.1 12.8 18 63458
92.3 11.5 16 65000
100 10.6 15 65000
111 9.6 13 65000
7000 7000 126 8.4 8.4 12 65000
140 7.6 7.6 10 65000
158 6.7 6.7 9.2 65000
176 6.0 6.0 8.2 65000
204 5.2 5.2 7.1 65000
Ex-W..90Q 233 253
227 4.7 4.7 6.4 65000
251 4.2 4.2 5.8 65000
278 3.8 3.8 5.2 65000
325 3.3 3.3 4.5 65000
361 2.9 2.9 4.0 65000

1) FR refers to types Ex-WUV and Ex-WGV. Lower FR values are permitted for Ex-WFV
2) Weight Ex-WUH without coupling, without oil
3) For fitting to motors 100
4) For fitting to motors 112

144
1.3.2 Selection tables
Angular gearboxes with coupling connection

Input speed n1 ~ 1450 rpm

1) 2)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [W] [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]

3) 4) 3) 4) 3) 4)
7000 7000 391 2.7 2.7 3.7 65000
Ex-W..90Q 233 253
434 2.4 2.4 3.3 65000
12000 16.5 110 88 58242
18.3 99.6 79 61068
20.8 87.6 70 62281
23.1 78.9 63 65188
25.3 72 57 65902
28.1 64.8 52 68882
32.4 56.2 45 70585
36.0 50.6 40 73658
39.8 45.8 36 74657
Ex-W..100T 282
44.2 41.2 33 77812
49.7 36.7 29 79527
55.1 33.1 26 83344
63.5 28.7 23 85000
70.4 25.9 21 85000
79.7 22.9 18 85000
88.5 20.6 16 85000
101 18 14 85000
113 16.1 13 85000
9315 12000 121 11.7 15.1 12 85000
10736 140 11.6 13 10 85000
11918 155 11.7 11.8 9.4 85000
12000 171 10.7 10.7 8.5 85000
190 9.6 9.6 7.6 85000
214 8.5 8.5 6.8 85000
238 7.7 7.7 6.1 85000 Ex-W..100Q 28 300
273 6.7 6.7 5.3 85000
303 6.0 6.0 4.8 85000
343 5.3 5.3 4.2 85000
381 4.8 4.8 3.8 85000
437 4.2 4.2 3.3 85000
485 3.8 3.8 3.0 85000

1) FR refers to types Ex-WUV and Ex-WGV. Lower FR values are permitted for Ex-WFV
2) Weight Ex-WUH without coupling, without oil
3) For fitting to motors 100
4) For fitting to motors 112

145
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Universal type Ex-WU. 20 Ex-WU. 50

Ex-WUV

Ex-WUE Ex-WUH Ex-WUK Ex-WUB

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox
a b1 b3 b4 b5 e1 f1 f2 f3 h1

Ex-WU 20 140 95j6 115 80 90 115 3.0 134 123.5 24.5

Ex-WU 30 160 95j6 135 95 100 115 3.0 154 143.5 27.5

Ex-WU 40 200 110j6 158 110 120 130 3.5 183 178.5 28.6

Ex-WU 50 220 130j6 170 120 140 165 3.5 208 211.0 33.3

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox
h2 h3 m q2 q3 s1 s2 w1 w2 w3

Ex-WU 20 80 162.4 42 233.5 296.5 M10x21 M10x24 45 35 35

Ex-WU 30 90 185.5 50 264.5 327.5 M10x22 M10x25 50 40 40

Ex-WU 40 105 209.0 55 299.0 370.0 M12x25 M12x25 60 45 45

Ex-WU 50 120 256.3 60 347.0 416.0 M16x25 M12x25 70 50 50

146
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Universal type Ex-WU. 20 Ex-WU. 50

2-stage
Brake
Gearbox TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Motor
AC LB dv K2 P2 d11 h11
Ex-WU
63 A/B - 114 - 287 - 717 380 18.5 280
20
Ex-WU 1xM25
71 A/B 165 137 380 335 837 792 407 30 303.5
30 +
80 A/B 183 155 438 383 2xM20 929 874 329.6
Ex-WU
90 S/L 208 172 507 452 998 943 441 339.6
40 21
100 LB 234 191 535 477 2xM25 1026 968 349.6
Ex-WU +
100 LB 234 191 535 477 2xM20 1074 1016 489 369.3
50

Output shafts

Ex-WUV Ex-WUE
Gearbox d l i2 s4 t Uxbx d3 I4 I5 I10 DM Me
DIN I12 DIN 5480
332- DIN 6885 6g/7H
DR
Ex-WU 25 38.972
50 56.5 M10 28.0 A8x7x40 W35x2x16 70 130.5 197.5 4.00
20 k6 - 0.023
Ex-WU 30 48.909
60 66.5 M10 33.0 A8x7x50 W45x2x21 85 151.5 228.5 4.00
30 k6 - 0.025
Ex-WU 40 54.186
80 87.0 M16 43.0 A12x8x70 W50x2x24 120 170.0 261.5 4.00
40 k6 - 0.023
Ex-WU 50 69.024
100 107.0 M16 53.5 A14x9x90 W65x2x31 128 173.0 277.0 4.00
50 k6 - 0.028

147
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Universal type Ex-WU. 20 Ex-WU. 50

Output shafts

Ex-WUH Ex-WUK Ex-WUB

Gearbox d1 I1 I3 I7 u d2 I1 I3 I8 DM Mi d4 d5 I2 I3 I6 I9

DIN 5480

H7/k6 N9 7H/6g H7/h6

Ex-WU 20 30 155 10.5 30 8 N30X1.25X22 155 10.5 30 2.25 25.297+0.034 28/30 72 148.5 6.5 27.3 20

Ex-WU 30 35 175 10.5 30 10 N35X2X16 175 10.5 35 3.5 27.737+0.042 35 80 168.5 6.5 29.3 20

Ex-WU 40 40 204 10.5 35 12 N45X2X21 204 10.5 35 3.5 37.631+0.039 40 90 200 7.5 31.3 30

Ex-WU 50 50 229 10.5 35 14 N50X2X24 229 10.5 35 3.5 42.649+0.044 50 110 225 8 34.3 40

148
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Universal type Ex-WU. 60 Ex-WU. 100

Ex-WUV

Ex-WUH Ex-WUK Ex-WUB


Ex-WUE

Output shafts

Ex-WUV Ex-WUE
Gearbox d l i2 s4 t Uxbx d3 I4 I5 I10 DM Me
DIN I12 DIN
332- DIN 5480
DR 6885 6g/7H
Ex-WU 50 A14x9x W65x2 69.024
100 107.5 M16 53.5 125 170.5 285.5 4.00
60 k6 90 x31 0.028
Ex-WU 60 A18x11 W75x3 81.292
120 128.0 M20 64.0 170 214.0 349.0 6.00
70 m6 x110 x24 0.028
Ex-WU 70 A20x12 W90x3 95.944
140 150.0 M20 74.5 200 252.0 389.5 6.00
80 m6 x125 x28 0.027
Ex-WU 90 A25x14 W110x 116.036
170 181.0 M24 95.0 220 284.5 439.5 6.00
90 m6 x160 3x35 0.030
Ex-WU 110 A28x16
210 221.0 M24 116.0 - - - - - -
100 m6 x200

149
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Universal type Ex-WU. 60 Ex-WU. 100

Output shafts

Ex-WUH Ex-WUK Ex-WUB


Gearbox d1 I1 I3 I7 u d2 I1 I3 I8 DM Mi d4 d5 I2 I3 I6 I9
DIN 5480
H7/k6 N9 7H/6g H7/
h6
Ex-WU 60 50 254 12.0 35 14 N50X2X24 254 12.0 35 3.50 42.649+0.044 50 110 252.0 9.0 34.3 40

Ex-WU 70 60 295 12.5 50 18 N65X2X31 295 12.5 45 3.50 57.675+0.045 65 140 291.0 9.5 37.4 50

Ex-WU 80 70 299 12.0 50 20 N75X3X24 299 12.0 45 5.25 63.962+0.050 70 155 296.0 9.5 44.4 50

Ex-WU 90 90 336 13.0 50 25 N90X3X28 336 13.0 45 5.25 79.136+0.042 90 185 334.0 11.0 56.5 60
10
Ex-WU 100 100 418 19.0 75 28 N110X3X35 418 19.0 55 5.25 99.031+0.049 230 404.5 11.0 65.5 60
0

150
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Universal type Ex-WU. 60 Ex-WU. 100

TEFC TENV TEFC TENV 3-stage 4-stage


Brake
Gearbox TEFC TENV TEFC TENV dv AG
Motor AC LB p3 d11 h11 p4 d11 h11
K3 K4
1xM25 +
Ex-WU 60 80 A/B 183 155 438 383 - - - - - 1048 993 560 21 346.5
2xM20 145
Ex-WU 70 100 LB 234 191 535 477 - - - - - 1201 1143 616 31 405
Ex-WU 60 1132 1073 474 32 430.5 - - - - - 2xM25 +
Ex-WU 80 112 M 259 208 608 549 658 599 - - - 1374 1315 716 31 430 2xM20
Ex-WU 90 1383 1324 725 40 520 1445 1386 787 32 459
Ex-WU 60 1164 1094 474 32 466.5 - - - - -
Ex-WU 80 132 S - - - - - 1406 1336 716 31 466
311 252 640 570
Ex-WU 90 1415 1345 725 40 556 1477 1407 787 32 495
132 S 1282 1212 592 40 512 - - - - -
Ex-WU 70 132 M/L 311 252 717 645 1359 1287 592 40 499 - - - - - 205
160 M/L 348 274 791 713 1433 1355 592 40 529 - - - - - 2xM32 +
132 S 311 252 640 570 1357 1287 667 40 516 - - - - - 2xM20
Ex-WU 80 132 M/L 311 252 717 645 1434 1362 667 40 503 - - - - -
160 M/L 348 274 791 713 1508 1430 667 40 533 - - - - -
132 S 311 252 640 570 - - - - - 1671 1601 981 40 541
Ex-WU 100 132 M/L 311 252 717 645 - - - - - 1748 1676 981 40 528
160 M/L 348 274 791 713 - - - - - 1822 1744 981 40 558
Ex-WU 90 2041 1720 725 40 609 - - - - - 2xM40 +
180 M/L 412 394 1266 945
2156 1835 840 43 672 - - - - - 2xM20 228
Ex-WU 100 2xM40 +
200 LA/LB 412 394 1296 976 2186 1866 840 43 692 - - - - - 1xM25 +
2xM20

151
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Universal type Ex-WU. 60 Ex-WU. 100

Gearbox dimensions

Gearbox a b1 b3 b4 b5 e1 f1 f2 f3 h1 h2 h3 m q3 q4 s1 s2 w1 w2 w3

T Q
Ex-WU
210 130j6 205 150 210 165 3.5 230 222.5 11.5 54.5 205 312 65 312.5 417.5 M12x16 M16x21 60 50 55
60
Ex-WU
250 180j6 240 175 250 215 4.0 270 263.0 6 56 245 373 70 360.5 473.5 M16x21 M16x21 65 65 60
70
Ex-WU
245 230h6 240 175 245 265 4.0 275 287.5 32 82 275 417 80 435.0 548.0 M16x21 M20x35 85 100 115
80
Ex-WU
310 250h6 280 210 310 300 5.0 310 336.0 32 93 315 481 90 496 626.0 M20x30 M24x44 110 95 115
90
Ex-WU
400 300h6 350 250 400 350 5.0 380 411.0 44 122 390 596 100 611.5 749.5 M20x35 M30x50 140 120 130
100

152
Angular geared motors
Foot-mounted type Ex-WG. 20 Ex-WG. 50

Ex-WGV

Ex-WGE Ex-WGH Ex-WGK Ex-WGB

Gearbox dimensions

Gearbox a b b1 b3 b4 b5 c e1 f f2 f3

j6

Ex-WG 20 140 158 95 115 80 90 18 115 203 134 123.5

Ex-WG 30 160 185 95 135 95 100 20 115 238 154 143.5

Ex-WG 40 200 215 110 158 110 120 22 130 270 183 178.5

Ex-WG 50 220 240 130 170 120 140 22 165 295 208 211

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox h1 h3 m q2 q3 S s1 s2 w1 w2
+0.5
h
-0.2 w3

Ex-WG 20 98 24.5 180.4 46 233.5 296.5 11 M10x21 M10x24 45 35

Ex-WG 30 110 27.4 205.5 54 264.5 327.5 11 M10x22 M10x25 50 40

Ex-WG 40 130 28.6 234 61 299 370 14 M12x25 M12x25 60 45

Ex-WG 50 145 33.3 281.3 65 347 416 14 M16x25 M12x25 70 50

153
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Foot-mounted type Ex-WG. 20 Ex-WG. 50

2-stage
Brake TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Gearbox TEFC TENV
Motor
AC LB K2 p2 d11 h11 dv

Ex-WG 20 63 A/B - 114 - 287 - 717 380 18.5 307

Ex-WG 30 71 A/B 165 137 380 335 837 792 407 30 321.9 1xM25 +
80 A/B 183 155 438 383 929 874 441 21 357.6 2xM20
Ex-WG 40
90 S/L 208 172 507 452 998 943 441 21 357.6
2xM25 +
Ex-WG 50 100 LB 234 191 535 477 1074 1016 489 21 402.3
2xM20

Output shafts

Ex-WGV Ex-WGE
Gearbox d l i2 s4 t uxbx d3 I4 I5 I10 DM Me
DIN I12 DIN
332- DIN 5480
DR 6885 6g/7H
Ex-WG 25 A8x7x W35x2 38.972
50 56.5 M10 28.0 70 130.5 197.5 4.00
20 k6 40 x16 0.023
Ex-WG 30 A8x7x W45x2 48.909
60 66.5 M10 33.0 85 151.5 228.5 4.00
30 k6 50 x21 0.025
Ex-WG 40 A12x8 W50x2 54.186
80 87.0 M16 43.0 120 170.0 261.5 4.00
40 k6 x70 x24 0.023
Ex-WG 50 A14x9 W65x2 69.024
100 107.0 M16 53.5 128 173.0 277.0 4.00
50 k6 x90 x31 0.028

154
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Foot-mounted type Ex-WG. 20 Ex-WG. 50

Output shafts

Ex-WGH Ex-WGK Ex-WGB

Gearbox d1 I1 I3 I7 u d2 I1 I3 I8 DM Mi d4 d5 I2 I3 I6 I9

DIN 5480

H7/k6 N9 7H/6g H7/h6

Ex-WG 20 30 155 10.5 30 8 N30X1.25X22 155 10.5 30 2.25 25.297+0.034 28/30 72 148.5 6.5 27.3 20

Ex-WG 30 35 175 10.5 30 10 N35X2X16 175 10.5 35 3.5 27.737+0.042 35 80 168.5 6.5 29.3 20

Ex-WG 40 40 204 10.5 35 12 N45X2X21 204 10.5 35 3.5 37.631+0.039 40 90 200 7.5 31.3 30

Ex-WG 50 50 229 10.5 35 14 N50X2X24 229 10.5 35 3.5 42.649+0.044 50 110 225 8 34.3 40

155
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Foot-mounted type Ex-WG. 60 Ex-WG. 100

Ex-WGV

Ex-WGH Ex-WGK Ex-WGB


Ex-WGE

Output shafts
Ex-WGV Ex-WGE
Uxb
s4 d3
Gearbox x I12
DIN
d l i2 t DIN DIN I4 I5 I10 DM Me
332-
6885 5480
DR
6g/7H
Ex-WG 50 A14x W65x2 69.024
100 107.5 M16 53.5 125 170.5 285.5 4
60 k6 9x90 x31 0.028
A18x
Ex-WG 60 W75x3 81.292
120 128 M20 64 11x 170 214 349 6
70 m6 x24 0.028
110
A20x
Ex-WG 70 W90x3 95.944
140 150 M20 74.5 12x 200 252 389.5 6
80 m6 x28 0.027
125
A25x
Ex-WG 90 W110x 116.036
170 181 M24 95 14x 220 284.5 439.5 6
90 m6 3x35 0.030
160
A28x
Ex-WG 110
210 221 M24 116 16x - - - - - -
100 m6
200

156
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Foot-mounted type Ex-WG. 60 Ex-WG. 100

Output shafts

Ex-WGH Ex-WGK Ex-WGB


Gearbox
d1 I1 I3 I7 u d2 I1 I3 I8 DM Mi d4 d5 I2 I3 I6 I9
H7/ DIN 5480 H7/
k6 N9 7H/6g h6
Ex-WG 60 50 254 12.0 35 14 N50X2X24 254 12.0 35 3.50 42.649+0.044 50 110 252.0 9.0 34.3 40

Ex-WG 70 60 295 12.5 50 18 N65X2X31 295 12.5 45 3.50 57.675+0.045 65 140 291.0 9.5 37.4 50

Ex-WG 80 70 299 12.0 50 20 N75X3X24 299 12.0 45 5.25 63.962+0.050 70 155 296.0 9.5 44.4 50

Ex-WG 90 90 336 13.0 50 25 N90X3X28 336 13.0 45 5.25 79.136+0.042 90 185 334.0 11.0 56.5 60

Ex-WG 100 100 418 19.0 75 28 N110X3X35 418 19.0 55 5.25 99.031+0.049 100 230 404.5 11.0 65.5 60

157
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Foot-mounted type Ex-WG. 60 Ex-WG. 100

3-stage 4-stage

Gearbox Motor TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV

AC LB K3 p3 d11 h11 K4 p4 d11 h11 dv AG

Ex-WG 60 80 A/B 183 155 438 383 - - - - - 1048 993 560 21 365 1xM25 + 2xM20
145
Ex-WG 70 100 LB 234 191 535 477 - - - - - 1201 1143 616 31 443

Ex-WG 60 1132 1073 474 32 447.5 - - - - -


2xM25 + 2xM20
Ex-WG 80 112 M 259 208 608 549 - - - - - 1374 1315 716 31 457

Ex-WG 90 1383 1324 725 40 552 1445 1386 787 32 491

Ex-WG 60 1164 1094 474 32 447.5 - - - - -

Ex-WG 80 132 S 311 252 640 570 - - - - - 1406 1336 716 31 457

Ex-WG 90 1415 1345 725 40 552 1477 1407 787 32 491

132 S 311 252 640 570 1282 1212 592 40 518 - - - - - 205

Ex-WG 70 132 M/L 311 252 717 645 1359 1287 592 40 518 - - - - - 2xM32 + 2xM20

160 M/L 348 274 791 713 1433 1355 592 40 533.5 - - - - -

132 S 311 252 640 570 1357 1287 667 40 532 - - - - -

Ex-WG 80 132 M/L 311 252 717 645 1434 1362 667 40 532 - - - - -

160 M/L 348 274 791 713 1508 1430 667 40 547.5 - - - - -

158
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Foot-mounted type Ex-WG. 60 Ex-WG. 100

3-stage 4-stage

Gearbox Motor TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV

AC LB K3 p3 d11 h11 K4 p4 d11 h11 dv AG

132 S 311 252 640 570 - - - - - 1671 1601 981 40 577


Ex-WG
132 M/L 311 252 717 645 - - - - - 1748 1676 981 40 577 2xM32 + 2xM20
100 205
160 M/L 348 274 791 713 - - - - - 1822 1744 981 40 592.5

180 M/L 412 394 1266 945 2041 1720 725 40 594.5 - - - - - 2xM40 + 2xM20
Ex-WG 90 2xM40 + 1xM25
200 LA/LB 412 394 1296 976 2071 1751 725 40 594.5 - - - - -
+ 2xM20
180 M/L 412 394 1266 945 2156 1835 840 43 672.5 - - - - - 2xM40 + 2xM20 228
Ex-WG
100 2xM40 + 1xM25
200 LA/LB 412 394 1296 976 2186 1866 840 43 672.5 - - - - -
+ 2xM20

159
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Foot-mounted type Ex-WG. 60 Ex-WG. 100

Gearbox a b b1 b3 b4 b5 c e1 f f2 f3 h +0.6 h1 h3 m q3 q4 S s1 s2 w1 w2 w3
-0.3

11.5
Ex-WG 130 (T)
210 265 205 150 210 30 165 335 230 223 235 342 71 313 418 18 M12x16 M16x21 60 50 55
60 j6 54.5
(Q)
6 (T)
Ex-WG 180
250 290 240 175 250 30 215 360 270 263 275 56 403 76 361 474 18 M16x21 M16x21 65 65 60
70 j6
(Q)
32
Ex-WG 230 (T)
245 320 240 175 245 40 265 396 275 288 315 457 88 435 548 22 M16x21 M20x35 85 100 115
80 h6 82
(Q)
32
Ex-WG 250 (T)
310 370 280 210 310 45 300 457 310 336 360 526 98 496 626 26 M20x30 M24x44 110 95 115
90 h6 93
(Q)
44
Ex-WG 300 (T)
400 430 350 250 400 60 350 529 380 411 450 656 111 612 750 33 M20x35 M30x50 140 120 130
100 h6 122
(Q)

160
Angular geared motors
Flange-mounted type Ex-WF. 20 Ex-WF. 50

Ex-WFV

Ex-WFE Ex-WFH Ex-WFK Ex-WFB

Gearbox a a1 a11 b1 b3 b4 b5 c1 c5 e1 f1

Ex-WF 20 140 160 123 110j6 115 80 90 9 45 130 3.5

Ex-WF 30 160 200 154 130j6 135 95 100 12 42 165 3.5

Ex-WF 40 200 250 192 180j6 158 110 120 14 49 215 4.0

Ex-WF 50 220 250 192 180j6 170 120 140 14 49 215 4.0

Gearbox f2 f3 h1 h2 h3 m q2 q3 s1 s2 w1

Ex-WF 20 112.0 162.0 24.5 80 162.4 42 233.5 296.5 9.0 M10x24 45

Ex-WF 30 119.0 179.0 27.4 90 185.5 50 264.5 327.5 11.0 M10x25 50

Ex-WF 40 140.5 220.5 28.6 105 209.0 55 299.0 370.0 13.5 M12x25 60

Ex-WF 50 153.0 253.0 33.3 120 256.3 60 347.0 416.0 13.5 M12x25 70

161
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Flange-mounted type Ex-WF. 20 Ex-WF. 50

2-stage
Brake
Gearbox TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Motor
AC LB K2 p2 d11 h11 dv
Ex-WF 63
- 114 - 287 - 717 380 18.5 280
20 A/B
Ex-WF 71
165 137 380 335 837 792 407 30 303.4
30 A/B 1xM25 +
80 2xM20
183 155 438 383 929 871 441 21 329.6
A/B
Ex-WF 90
208 172 507 452 998 943 441 21 339.6
40 S/L
100
1026 968 441 21 349.6
LB 2xM25 +
234 191 535 477
Ex-WF 100 2xM20
1045 987 489 21 369.3
50 LB

Output shafts

Gearbox Ex-WFV
d l i2 s4 t u x b x I12
DIN 332-DR DIN 6885
Ex-WF 20 25 k6 50 50.0 M10 28.0 A8x7x40

Ex-WF 30 30 k6 60 60.0 M10 33.0 A8x7x50

Ex-WF 40 40 k6 80 80.0 M16 43.0 A12x8x70

Ex-WF 50 50 k6 100 100.0 M16 53.5 A14x9x90

Output shafts

Ex-WFE
Gearbox
d3 I4 I5 I10 DM Me
DIN 5480
6g/7H
Ex-WF 20 W35x2x16 70 130.5 197.5 4.00 38.972 0.023

Ex-WF 30 W45x2x21 85 151.5 228.5 4.00 48.909 0.025

Ex-WF 40 W50x2x24 120 170.0 261.5 4.00 54.186 0.023

Ex-WF 50 W65x2x31 128 173.0 277.0 4.00 69.024 0.028

162
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Flange-mounted type Ex-WF. 20 Ex-WF. 50

Output shafts

Ex-WGH Ex-WGK Ex-WGB

Gearbox d1 I1 I3 I7 u d2 I1 I3 I8 DM Mi d4 d5 I2 I3 I6 I9

DIN 5480

H7/k6 N9 7H/6g H7/h6

Ex-WF 20 30 155 10.5 30 8 N30X1.25X22 155 10.5 30 2.25 25.297+0.034 28/30 72 148.5 6.5 27.3 20

Ex-WF 30 35 175 10.5 30 10 N35X2X16 175 10.5 35 3.5 27.737+0.042 35 80 168.5 6.5 29.3 20

Ex-WF 40 40 204 10.5 35 12 N45X2X21 204 10.5 35 3.5 37.631+0.039 40 90 200 7.5 31.3 30

Ex-WF 50 50 229 10.5 35 14 N50X2X24 229 10.5 35 3.5 42.649+0.044 50 110 225 8 34.3 40

163
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Flange-mounted type Ex-WF. 60 Ex-WF. 100

Ex-WFV

Ex-WF 80 Ex-WF 100


Ex-WF 60 Ex-WF 70

Ex-WFE Ex-WFH Ex-WFK Ex-WFB

Output shafts

Gearbox Ex-WFV
d l i2 s4 t u x b x I12
DIN 332-DR DIN 6885
Ex-WF 60 50 k6 100 100.0 M16 53.5 A14x9x90

Ex-WF 70 60 m6 120 120.0 M20 64.0 A18x11x110

Ex-WF 80 70 m6 140 140.0 M20 74.5 A20x12x125

Ex-WF 90 90 m6 170 170.0 M24 95.0 A25x14x160

Ex-WF 100 110 m6 210 210.0 M24 116.0 A28x16x200

164
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Flange-mounted type Ex-WF. 60 Ex-WF. 100

Output shafts

Ex-WFE
Gearbox
d3 I4 I5 I10 DM Me
DIN 5480
6g/7H
Ex-WF 60 W65x2x31 125 170.5 285.5 4.00 69.024 0.028

Ex-WF 70 W75x3x24 170 214.0 349.0 6.00 81.292 0.028

Ex-WF 80 W90x3x28 200 252.0 389.5 6.00 95.944 0.027

Ex-WF 90 W110x3x35 220 284.5 439.5 6.00 116.036 0.030

Ex-WF 100 - - - - - -

Output shafts

Ex-WFH Ex-WFK

Gearbox d1 I1 I3 I7 u d2 I1 I3 I8 DM Mi

DIN 5480

H7/k6 N9 7H/6g

Ex-WF 60 50 254 12 35 14 N50X2X24 254 12 35 3.5 42.649+0.044

Ex-WF 70 60 295 12.5 50 18 N65X2X31 295 12.5 45 3.5 57.675+0.045

Ex-WF 80 70 299 12 50 20 N75X3X24 299 12 45 5.25 63.962+0.050

Ex-WF 90 90 336 13 50 25 N90X3X28 336 13 45 5.25 79.136+0.042


Ex-WF
100 418 19 75 28 N110X3X35 418 19 55 5.25 99.031+0.049
100

Output shafts

Ex-WFB
Gearbox
d4 d5 I2 I3 I6 I9

H7/h6

Ex-WF 60 50 110 252 9 34.3 40

Ex-WF 70 65 140 291 9.5 37.4 50

Ex-WF 80 70 155 296 9.5 44.4 50

Ex-WF 90 90 185 334 11 56.5 60

Ex-WF 100 100 230 404.5 11 65.5 60

165
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Flange-mounted type Ex-WF. 60 Ex-WF. 100

3-stage 4-stage
Brake
Gearbox TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Motor
AC LB K3 p3 d11 h11 K4 p4 d11 h11 dv AG
1xM25 +
Ex-WF 60 80 A/B 183 155 438 383 - - - - - 1048 993 560 21 455.5
2xM20 100
Ex-WF 70 100 LB 234 191 535 477 - - - - - 1201 1143 616 31 517

Ex-WF 60 1132 1073 474 32 453.5 - - - - - 2xM25 +


Ex-WF 80 112 M 259 208 608 549 - - - - - 1374 1315 716 31 594 2xM20

Ex-WF 90 1383 1324 725 40 584 1445 1386 787 32 681

Ex-WF 60 1164 1094 474 32 489.5 - - - - -

Ex-WF 80 132 S 311 252 640 570 - - - - - 1406 1336 716 31 630

Ex-WF 90 1415 1345 725 40 620 1477 1407 787 32 681 205

132 S 311 252 640 570 1282 1212 592 40 524 - - - - -


2xM32 +
Ex-WF 70 132 M/L 311 252 717 645 1359 1287 592 40 511 - - - - -
2xM20
160 M/L 348 274 791 713 1433 1355 592 40 541 - - - - -

132 S 311 252 640 570 1357 1287 667 40 580 - - - - -

Ex-WF 80 132 M/L 311 252 717 645 1434 1362 667 40 567 - - - - -

160 M/L 348 274 791 713 1508 1430 667 40 597 - - - - -

166
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Flange-mounted type Ex-WF. 60 Ex-WF. 100

3-stage 4-stage
Brake
Gearbox TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Motor
AC LB K3 p3 d11 h11 K4 p4 d11 h11 dv AG

132 S 311 252 640 570 - - - - - 1671 1601 981 40 785


Ex-WF 2xM32 +
132 M/L 311 252 717 645 - - - - - 1748 1676 981 40 772 205
100 2xM20
160 M/L 348 274 791 713 - - - - - 1822 1744 981 40 802
2xM40 +
180 M/L 412 394 1266 945 2041 1720 725 40 673 - - - - -
2xM20
Ex-WF 90 2xM40 +
200
412 394 1296 976 2071 1751 725 40 741 - - - - - 1xM25 +
LA/LB
2xM20 228
2xM40 +
180 M/L 412 394 1266 945 2156 1835 840 43 760 - - - - -
2xM20
Ex-WF
2xM40 +
100 200
412 394 1296 976 2186 1866 840 43 780 - - - - - 1xM25 +
LA/LB
2xM20

167
1.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Angular geared motors


Flange-mounted type Ex-WF. 60 Ex-WF. 100

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox
a a1 a11 b1 b3 b4 b5 c1 c5 e1 f1 f2
230
Ex-WF 60 210 300 236 205 150 210 14 49 265 4 164.0
j6
250
Ex-WF 70 250 350 265 240 175 250 17 71 300 5 206.0
j6
350
Ex-WF 80 245 450 450 240 175 245 17 71 400 5 208.5
h6
350
Ex-WF 90 310 450 450 280 210 310 20 69 400 5 224.0
h6
450
Ex-WF 100 400 550 550 350 250 400 20 69 500 5 259.0
h6

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox
f3 h1 h2 h3 m q3 q4 s1 s2 w1 w2 w3
11.5 (T)
Ex-WF 60 264.0 205 312 65 312.5 417.5 14 M16x21 60 50 55
54.5 (Q)
6 (T)
Ex-WF 70 326.0 245 373 70 360.5 473.5 18 M16x21 65 65 60
56 (Q)
32 (T)
Ex-WF 80 348.5 275 417 80 435.0 548.0 18 M20x35 85 100 115
82 (Q)
32 (T)
Ex-WF 90 394.0 315 481 90 496.0 626.0 18 M24x44 110 95 115
93 (Q)
Ex-WF 44 (T)
469.0 390 596 100 611.5 749.5 18 M30x50 140 120 130
100 122 (Q)

168
1.4 Coupling housing connection dimensions

Solo gearbox
Coupling housing

Dimensions
Brake
Gearbox axb d
Motor i2 I I11 I12 a1
DIN 471 k6
Ex-W 20D 63 24 x 1.2 24 53 146.0 21 25 178

Ex-W 30D 71 24 x 1.2 24 49 142.0 21 25 204

Ex-W 40D 80 - 100 24 x 1.2 24 49 142.0 21 25 204

Ex-W 50D 100 24 x 1.2 24 49 142.0 21 25 204

Ex-W 60Q 80 24 x 1.2 24 49 142.0 21 25 204

Ex-W 60T 112 - 132 32 x 1.5 32 60 161.0 33 37 318

Ex-W 70Q 100 24 x 1.2 24 49 142.0 21 25 204

Ex-W 70T 132 32 x 1.5 32 60 231.5 33 37 400

Ex-W 70T 160 60 x 2 60 70 231.5 53 60 400

Ex-W 80Q 112 - 132 32 x 1.5 32 60 168.0 33 37 318

Ex-W 80T 132 - 160 32 x 1.5 32 60 231.5 33 37 400

Ex-W 90Q 112 - 132 32 x 1.5 32 60 161.0 33 37 318

Ex-W 90T 112 - 132 32 x 1.5 32 60 228.5 33 37 400

Ex-W 90T 180 - 200 60 x 2 60 70 228.5 53 60 400

Ex-W 100T 180 - 200 60 x 2 60 70 228.5 53 60 400

169
1.4 Coupling housing connection dimensions

Solo gearbox
Coupling housing

Dimensions
Brake
Gearbox d1 s
Motor f5 b3 d11 e1 r
H7 Mxt
Ex-W 20D 63 6.0 140 125 19 160 16 M8x20

Ex-W 30D 71 6 160 140 30 180 20 M10x20

Ex-W 40D 80 - 100 6.0 160 140 22 180 20 M10x20

Ex-W 50D 100 6.0 160 140 22 180 20 M10x20

Ex-W 60Q 80 6.0 160 140 22 180 20 M10x20

Ex-W 60T 112 - 132 6 250 224 32 280 32 M12x16

Ex-W 70Q 100 6.0 160 140 22 180 20 M10x20

Ex-W 70T 132 9 315 280 41 355 40 M16x21

Ex-W 70T 160 9 315 280 41 355 40 M16x21

Ex-W 80Q 112 - 132 5 250 224 32 280 31 M12x16

Ex-W 80T 132 - 160 9 315 280 41 355 40 M16x21

Ex-W 90Q 112 - 132 6 250 224 32 280 32 M12x16

Ex-W 90T 112 - 132 10.0 315 280 41 355 40 M16x21

Ex-W 90T 180 - 200 10.0 315 280 41 355 40 M16x21

Ex-W 100T 180 - 200 10.0 315 280 41 355 40 M16x21

170
2 Offset geared motors
Housing designs

Ex-AUH 20 Ex-AUH 90
Universal type

Ex-AGV 30 Ex-AGV 90
Foot-mounted type

Ex-AFV 20 - Ex-AFV 90
Flange-mounted type

Ex-AME 10 - Ex-AME 40
Torque bracket type

Ex-ADK 40 - Ex-ADK 80
Torque bracket type

171
Offset geared motors
The "Offset geared motor" selection tables contain several geared motors which fulfill the criteria in terms of power,
speed and duty factor in the "Gearbox" column.
The type designation indicates the geared motor technical features.
Type designation
The gearbox designation comprises:
Gearbox type
Housing design
Output shaft type
Size
Number of stages
Input type.
Mounting code
The mounting code must be added to the gearbox information. The mounting code indicates the
Model and mounting position
Output shaft dimension
Motor terminal box position
Gearbox transmission ratio
In sequence.
The type designation and mounting code taken together make up the order data according to which the required
geared motor is supplied.

172
2.1 Gearbox type designation

Type designation Mounting code

Refer to section 2.4 for explanation of the


mounting code.

Transmission ratio

Terminal box position

Output shaft code

Model code

Ex A U H 40 D L - B14.0 - 40 - 1 - 22.7

L Light coupling
S Heavy coupling

Number of stages
D 2-stage
T 3-stage

Size
20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90

Output shaft design


V Solid shaft with key
E Splined solid shaft
H Hollow shaft with key
K Splined hollow shaft
B Hollow shaft shrink disc (motor side)

Housing design
U Universal (Ex-AU20-Ex-AU90)
G Foot mounting (Ex-AG30-Ex-AF90)
M Torque bracket arrangement (integrated torque bracket)
D Torque bracket arrangement (centering for flange fitted torque bracket)

Gearbox type
A Offset gearbox

Explosion-Proof

173
2.2 Mounting code
Model code
All gearbox models and mounting positions available can be found in sections 2.2.1 to 2.2.5. The code must include
the corresponding model code.
Output shaft code
The output shaft type is indicated by the following codes:
Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex-
Size
A20 A30 A40 A50 A60 A70 A80 A90
Solid shaft with key,
V 25 30 40 50 60 70 90 110
cover side
Splined solid-shaft,
E 35 45 50 65 75 90 110 -
cover side 1)
Output shaft code

Splined solid shaft,


E 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 -
Standard

on both sides 1)

Hollow shaft with key H 24 35 40 50 60 70 90 100

Splined hollow shaft K 30 30/35 35/45 45/50 65 75 90 110

Hollow shaft with shrink disc 28/30 35 40 50


B 60 70 90 100
on motor side 2) 2) 2) 2)

Solid shaft with key,


cover side V - 11 11 11 11 11 11 11

Solid shaft with key,


Output shaft code

on motor side V - 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

Solid shaft without key,


Option

cover side V 125 130 140 150 160 170 190 210

Solid shaft with key,


cover side in inches V 225 230 240 250 260 270 290 310

Hollow shaft with key


in inches H 224 235 240 250 260 270 290 300

1) No radial load permitted


2) Special applications

174
Output shaft codes
Codes for shafts with involute spline profile E or K for use with Ex-A offset gearboxes with the Ex-DRS wheel block
system.

Gearbox/Housing
Wheel block Drive shaft type Drive arrangement Connection variants 3)
design

Ex-DRS 1) 2) K/W 1 B/W 2

Output shaft code according to


Size Size Code
mounting code
EA 35
Ex-AM.20 E
ZI 11
125
EA
Ex-AM.30 K 35
ZI
Ex-AM.20 35 36
EA
E 45
Ex-AM.30
160 ZI 11
EA
Ex-AM.40 K 45
ZI
Ex-AM.30 45 46
EA
E 50
Ex-AM.40
200 ZI 11
EA
Ex-AD.50 K 50
ZI
Ex-AD.40 51
EA
E 65 66
Ex-AD.50
250 ZI 11 22
EA
Ex-AD.60 K 65
ZI
Ex-AD.50 66
EA
E 75 76
Ex-AD.60
315 ZI 11 22
EA
Ex-AD.70 K 75
ZI
Ex-AD.60 76
EA
E 90 91
Ex-AD.70
400 ZI 11 22
EA
Ex-AD.80 K 90
ZI
Ex-AD.70 EA 91
E EA 110 111
500 Ex-AD.80
ZI 11 22
Ex-AD.90 K ZI 110

1) E = Splined solid shaft


K = Splined hollow shaft
2) EA = Individual drive unit
ZI = ZI central drive unit, inside arrangement
3) K = Top connection
W = W1 (Side connection with drive on wheel block side)
W2 (Side connection with drive on connecting plate side)
B = Pin connection

175
Terminal box position:
The terminal box of the motor may be fitted in four different positions. The positions are defined as 0, 1, 2 or 3 looking
at the motor shaft end-on

Example: Terminal box position 1


0

3 1

For vertical motor mounting arrangements, the terminal box is coded according to model code B14.0 or B6.0, B5.0,
M0, D1.
Gearbox transmission ratio:
Refer to the Transmission ratio i column in the Offset geared motors selection tables for the transmission ratio.

176
2.2.1 Ex-AU gearbox model code
Universal type U
Model B14, V18, V19
Gearbox end face with centering and internal thread, sections on both side cheeks machined and with internal thread
as of size Ex-A20

B14.0

B14.1

B14.2

B14.3

V18 V19

Terminal box position


code according to model
code B14.0

177
2.2.2 Ex-AG gearbox model code
Foot-mounted type G
Model B3, B6, B7, B8, V5, V6
Foot mounting arrangement
as of size Ex-A30

B6.0 B7.1

B8.0 B3.1

B7.0 B6.1

B3.0 B8.1

V6.0 V5.0 V6.1 V5.1

Terminal box Terminal box


position code position code
according to according to
model code B6.0 model code B7.1

178
2.2.3 Ex-AF gearbox model code
Flange-mounted type F
Model B5, V1, V3
Flange mounting arrangement with mounting through-holes
as of size Ex-A20

B5.0

B5.1

B5.2

B5.3

V1 V3

Terminal box position


code according to
model code B5.0

179
2.2.4 Ex-AM gearbox model code
Torque bracket type M
Torque bracket mounting arrangement
Sizes Ex-A10 to Ex-A40

M0

M1

M2

M3

M4 M5

Terminal box position


code according to
model code M0

180
2.2.5 Ex-AD gearbox model code
Torque bracket type D
Gearbox end face with centering and internal thread
Sizes Ex-A40 to Ex-A80

D1.0

D1.1

D1.2

D1.3

D1.4 D1.5

Terminal box position


code according to
model code D1.0

181
2.3 Offset gearbox with coupling connection
Explosion-proof motors are mounted by means of flange, coupling and coupling extension.

Coupling arrangement

Ex-A10 Ex-A60
Offset gearbox

Brake motor

Intermediate
flange
Coupling

Ex-A70 Ex-A90
Offset gearbox

Data are given for input drive speed


n1 = 1450rpm

182
2.3.1 Selection example
Offset geared motors with coupling connection
Selection example
The requirement is to find a geared motor with a brake motor, 0.37kW, and an output speed of approx. 10rpm.
Required duty factor f Berf ~
~1.8.
Motor selection
Key value table for 4-pole motors.

4-pole motors

Rated Speed Current Efficiency Power IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN JMot Sound Mass Explos. Temp.
output factor Pr. Group Class CESI
IN
Type ATEX
PN nN V. 400 4/4 kg m2 Lp Kg.
no.
kW rpm A % cos (x 10-3) dB (A)

63 A 0.12 1380 0.62 58 0.55 2.9 2.3 2.5 0.25 45 22 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 110

63 B 0.18 1340 0.67 59 0.65 2.4 2.3 2.5 0.25 45 22 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 110

71 A 0.25 1380 0.77 65 0.71 3.1 2.2 2.6 1.02 49 29 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 110

71 B 0.37 1380 1.10 69 0.72 3.5 2.2 2.7 1.32 49 29 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 110

80 A 0.55 1380 1.60 70 0.71 4.0 2.3 2.5 1.70 52 36 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 111

80 B 0.75 1400 2.00 77 0.70 4.0 2.3 2.6 2.10 52 36 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 111

Selected motor:
71 B, 0.37kW, 1380rpm,
9550 X 0.37
MNMot = = 2.56 Nm
1380

Gearbox selection according to the following criteria:


Motor speed 1380 rpm
i = = 138
Output speed 10 rpm
Gearbox rated torque at input speed
n1 = 1450 rpm;

M2N ~ ~ 1.8 138 2.56 ~


~fB i MNMot. ~ ~ 636 Nm

Gearbox to be selected according to section 2.3.2 selection tables for helical gearboxes with coupling connection,
1450rpm

1) 2)
M 2 [Nm] i P2 [kW] [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]

660 73.8 1.4 20 8000


81.5 1.3 18 8000
91.1 1.1 16 8000
101 0.99 14 8000
115 0.87 13 8000
127 0.79 11 8000 Ex-A.. 40T. 22
150 0.67 9.7 8000

183
Selected:
Offset gearbox Universal type Ex-AU. 40 T.
Or
Offset gearbox Foot mounted type Ex-AG. 40 T.
Or
Offset gearbox Flange-mounted type Ex-AF. 40T.

Gearbox: Ex-A.. 40T.


Transmission ratio: i = 127.
Output speed approx.
1380rpm / 127 = 10.87 rpm
Permissible radial force 8.000 N.
Given duty factor fB:

660 Nm
fB = = 2.03
127 2.56 Nm

Coupling assignment

Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex-


W20 W30 W40 W50 W60 W70/W80 W90 W100
Motor frame size

Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex-


A20 A30 A40 - A50/A60 A70 A80 A90 -

63
71
80
90 S H1 HT 1
90 L
100
112 M
132 S H2 HT 2
132 M
132 L
160
180 H3
200
225

e.g.
Light coupling H1 or Heavy coupling HT1.

184
2.3.2 Selection tables
Offset gearboxes with coupling connection
Input speed n1 ~ 1450rpm
1) 2)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [kW] [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]
119 8.32 2.2 174 - Ex-A.. 10D. 5.5
120 9.69 1.9 150 -
124 10.5 1.8 138 -
125 12.2 1.6 119 -
130 13.5 1.5 108 -
15.7 1.3 93 -
17.8 1.1 81 -
20.8 0.95 70 -
22.0 0.90 66 -
25.7 0.77 57 -
28.3 0.70 51 -
32.9 0.60 44 -
35.0 0.56 41 -
40.8 0.48 36 -
45.1 0.44 32 -
52.5 0.38 28 -
156 6.21 3.8 234 2135 Ex-A..20D. 6.4
164 6.87 3.6 211 2172
8.05 3.1 180 2211
172 8.91 2.9 163 2274
171 9.95 2.6 146 2319
179 11.0 2.5 132 2385
12.6 2.2 116 2446
187 13.9 2.0 104 2515
16.4 1.8 89 2601
196 18.1 1.6 80 2676
194 20.1 1.5 72 2723
203 22.2 1.4 65 2801
205 25.3 1.3 57 2874
28.0 1.1 52 3057
201 31.7 0.96 46 3150 Ex-A.. 20T. 8.3
205 35.0 0.89 41 3150
39.9 0.78 36 3150
44.1 0.71 33 3150
52.1 0.60 28 3150
55.5 0.56 26 3150
61.4 0.51 24 3150
70.0 0.44 21 3150
77.4 0.40 19 3150
88.5 0.35 16 3150
98.0 0.32 15 3150
112 0.28 13 3150
123 0.25 12 3150
303 7.78 5.9 186 4608 Ex-A..30D. 10
312 8.99 5.3 161 4740
317 10.1 4.8 144 4865
326 11.6 4.3 125 5000
329 12.8 3.9 113 5000
338 14.8 3.5 98 5000 Ex-A..30D. 10
340 15.7 3.3 93 5000
348 18.1 2.9 80 5000
352 19.9 2.7 73 5000
361 23.0 2.4 63 5000
1) FR refers to types Ex-AUV and Ex-AGV. Lower FR values are permitted for Ex-AFV.
2) Weight Ex-AUH without coupling, without oil

185
2.3.2 Selection tables
Offset gearboxes with coupling connection
Input speed n1 ~ 1450rpm
1) 2)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [kW] [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]
365 25.3 2.2 57 5000
370 29.2 1.9 50 5000
31.3 1.8 46 5000
36.1 1.6 40 5000
39.4 1.5 37 5000
45.5 1.3 32 5000
48.3 1.1 30 5000
55.7 1.0 26 5000
62.2 0.90 23 5000
71.9 0.78 20 5000
370 82.4 0.68 18 5000 Ex-A..30T. 11
86.4 0.65 17 5000
99.8 0.56 15 5000
109 0.52 13 5000
126 0.45 12 5000
135 0.42 11 5000
156 0.36 9.3 5000
452 8.78 7.8 165 4847 Ex-A..40D. 18
476 9.71 7.4 149 4890
494 11.7 6.4 124 5061
520 12.9 6.1 112 5122
526 14.9 5.4 97 5297
552 16.5 5.1 88 5364
561 19.0 4.5 76 5537
588 21.0 4.3 69 5610
582 22.7 3.9 64 5749
610 25.1 3.7 58 5826
28.1 3.3 52 6028
639 31.1 3.1 47 6162
643 36.1 2.7 40 6482
660 39.9 2.5 36 6696
44.3 2.3 33 6945
49.0 2.0 30 7268
55.7 1.8 26 7600
61.6 1.6 24 7940
660 73.8 1.4 20 8000 Ex-A..40T. 22
81.5 1.3 18 8000
91.1 1.1 16 8000
101 0.99 14 8000
115 0.87 13 8000
127 0.79 11 8000
150 0.67 9.7 8000
166 0.60 8.8 8000
660 184 0.54 7.9 8000 Ex-A..40T. 22
203 0.49 7.1 8000
231 0.43 6.3 8000
256 0.39 5.7 8000
1097 8.69 19.2 167 5936 Ex-A..50D 46
1142 9.74 17.8 149 6076
1137 10.7 16.1 136 6133
1150 12.0 14.6 121 6504
13.9 12.6 104 6721
1) FR refers to types Ex-AUV and Ex-AGV. Lower FR values are permitted for Ex-AFV.
2) Weight Ex-AUH without coupling, without oil

186
2.3.2 Selection tables
Offset gearboxes with coupling connection
Input speed n1 ~ 1450rpm
1) 2)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [kW] [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]
15.6 11.2 93 7164
17.8 9.8 82 7345
19.9 8.8 73 7804
22.1 7.9 66 7933
24.8 7.0 59 8406
26.6 6.6 55 8448
29.8 5.9 49 8933
32.7 5.3 44 9107
36.7 4.8 40 9697
41.7 4.2 35 10044
46.7 3.7 31 10662
50.3 3.5 29 10820
56.4 3.1 26 11462
63.9 2.7 23 11854
71.6 2.4 20 12500
1114 78.0 2.2 19 12500 Ex-A..50T. 48
1150 87.4 2.0 17 12500
99.6 1.8 15 12500
112 1.6 13 12500
127 1.4 11 12500
142 1.3 10 12500
152 1.1 9.5 12500
171 1.0 8.5 12500
1824 8.91 31.1 163 8240 Ex-A..60D. 76
1898 9.98 28.9 145 8427
1907 11.5 25.2 126 8523
1984 12.9 23.4 112 8806
14.7 20.5 99 9020
2063 16.4 19.1 88 9346
2075 19.5 16.2 75 9690
2100 21.8 14.6 67 10239
24.2 13.2 60 10411
27.1 11.8 54 11068
31.8 10 46 11477
35.6 9.0 41 12163
39.2 8.1 37 12449
44.0 7.2 33 13280
48.8 6.5 30 13637
54.7 5.8 27 14504
2100 60.6 5.3 24 14886 Ex-A..60D. 76
67.9 4.7 21 15791
2100 77.2 4.1 19 19116 Ex-A..60T. 78
89.9 3.5 16 19936
101 3.2 14 20000
112 2.8 13 20000
129 2.5 11 20000
143 2.2 10 20000
160 2.0 9.1 20000
178 1.8 8.2 20000
199 1.6 7.3 20000
213 1.5 6.8 20000
239 1.4 6.1 20000
1) FR refers to types Ex-AUV and Ex-AGV. Lower FR values are permitted for Ex-AFV.
2) Weight Ex-AUH without coupling, without oil

187
2.3.2 Selection tables
Offset gearboxes with coupling connection
Input speed n1 ~ 1450rpm
2)
M2 [Nm] P2 [kW] 1) Weight [kg]
i [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox
3) 4) 3) 4) 3) 4)
2155 2332 9.23 35.4 38.4 157 29358 Ex-A..70D. 121 139
2393 2591 10.3 35.3 38.2 142 29379
2337 2530 11.9 29.8 32.3 122 30095
2596 2811 13.3 29.6 32.1 109 30169
2541 2752 15.1 25.6 27.7 96 31042
2822 3056 16.7 25.7 27.8 87 31239
2759 2988 19.4 21.6 23.4 75 31500
3065 3319 21.5 21.6 23.4 67 31500
2884 3125 24.8 17.7 19.1 59 31500
3204 3471 27.5 17.7 19.2 53 31500
3166 3403 30.9 15.6 16.7 47 31500
3516 3700 34.3 15.6 16.4 42 31500
3121 3382 39.7 11.9 12.9 37 31500
3467 3700 44.1 11.9 12.7 33 31500
3289 3564 49.2 10.1 11 30 31500
3653 3700 54.6 10.2 10.3 27 31500
3365 3647 61.3 8.3 9.0 24 31500
3700 3700 68.1 8.2 8.2 21 31500
3700 3700 78.9 7.1 7.1 18 31500 Ex-A..70T. 125 142
88.5 6.3 6.3 16 31500
98.3 5.7 5.7 15 31500
115 4.9 4.9 13 31500
127 4.4 4.4 11 31500
146 3.8 3.8 10 31500
162 3.5 3.5 9.0 31500
172 3.3 3.3 8.4 31500
193 2.9 2.9 7.5 31500
215 2.6 2.6 6.8 31500
240 2.3 2.3 6.0 31500
267 2.1 2.1 5.4 31500
2608 6320 9.89 40 97 147 42880 Ex-A..80D. 176 192
2894 6546 11.0 39.9 90.3 132 43098
2864 6549 12.3 35.4 80.8 118 43762
3178 6600 13.6 35.5 73.7 106 43955
3113 15.8 29.9 63.4 92 45257
3453 17.6 29.8 56.9 83 45738
3393 20.0 25.8 50.1 73 46987
3764 22.2 25.7 45.1 65 47464
3595 25.1 21.7 39.9 58 48965
3989 27.9 21.7 35.9 52 49454
3800 32.4 17.8 30.9 45 50000
4216 36.0 17.8 27.8 40 50000
3906 39.8 14.9 25.2 36 50000
4333 44.1 14.9 22.7 33 50000
4078 51.6 12 19.4 28 50000
4525 57.2 12 17.5 25 50000
4172 62.1 10.2 16.1 23 50000
4628 68.9 10.2 14.5 21 50000

1) FR refers to types Ex-AUV and Ex-AGV. Lower FR values are permitted for Ex-AFV.
2) Weight Ex-AUH without coupling, without oil
3) For fitting to motors < 100.
4) For fitting to motors > 112.

188
2.3.2 Selection tables
Offset gearboxes with coupling connection
Input speed n1 ~ 1450rpm
2)
M2 [Nm] P2 [kW] 1) Weight [kg]
i [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox
3) 4) 3) 4) 3) 4)
6600 6600 80.3 12.5 12.5 18 50000 Ex-A..80D. 225 200
89.1 11.2 11.2 16 50000
103 9.7 9.7 14 50000
115 8.7 8.7 13 50000
122 8.2 8.2 12 50000
135 7.4 7.4 11 50000
154 6.5 6.5 9.4 50000
171 5.9 5.9 8.5 50000
198 5.1 5.1 7.3 50000
220 4.6 4.6 6.6 50000
253 4.0 4.0 5.7 50000
281 3.6 3.6 5.2 50000
8065 10.2 120 142 51439 Ex-A..90D. - 371
8952 11.3 120 128 51237
8865 12.9 104 113 52114
9841 14.3 105 102 51829
9518 15.7 92 92 52828
10565 17.4 92.2 83 82883
10263 20.1 77.5 72 54853
11393 22.3 77.6 65 54871
10823 24.7 66.5 59 56770
11500 27.4 63.7 53 57643
11361 30.8 56 47 59083
11500 34.2 51.1 43 60964
39.3 44.4 37 62601
43.6 40 33 64800
49.4 35.3 29 66469
54.8 31.9 27 69183
62.8 27.8 23 71558
69.7 25.1 21 74399
11500 76.3 22.9 19 83635 Ex-A..90T. - 381
84.8 20.6 17 85000
96.3 18.1 15 85000
107 16.3 14 85000
121 14.4 12 85000
134 13 11 85000
156 11.2 9.3 85000
173 10.1 8.4 85000
197 8.9 7.4 85000
218 8.0 6.6 85000
247 7.1 5.9 85000
274 6.4 5.3 85000

1) FR refers to types Ex-AUV and Ex-AGV. Lower FR values are permitted for Ex-AFV.
2) Weight Ex-AUH without coupling, without oil
3) For fitting to motors < 100.
4) For fitting to motors > 112.

189
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Torque bracket type Ex-AM 20 Ex-AM 40

Ex-AM 20 - Ex-AM 40

Ex-AME Ex-AMH Ex-AMK Ex-AMB

Gearbo Gearbox dimensions


x a2 a3 a4 a5 a7 a8 a9 b3 d10 e1 h1 h2 h3 p1 s1
Ex-AM
73 18 150 16 20 15.5 87.0 131 14 85 104.0 57.5 224 178 M8x12
20
Ex-AM
80 20 182 16 22 21.0 94.0 158 14 107 129.2 75.0 284 191 M10x18
30
Ex-AM
85 20 206 20 23 21.0 106.5 190 14 107 148 90.0 318 194 M10x18
40

Brake TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox h11
Motor AC LB K2/K3

Ex-AM 63 A/B - 114 - 287 - 515 338

20 71 A/B 165 137 380 335 608 563 348


Ex-AM
71 A/B 165 137 380 335 621 576 390.2
30
Ex-AM 80 A/B 183 155 438 383 682 627 434

40 90 S/L 208 172 507 452 751 696 444

190
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Torque bracket type Ex-AM 20 Ex-AM 40

Output shafts

Ex-AMH Ex-AMK
Gearbox
d1 I1 I3 I7 u d2 I1 I3 I8 Mi DM
H7/k6 N9 7H/6g
DIN 5480
Ex-AM 20 24 96.0 12.5 20 8 N30 x 1.25 x 22 96.0 12.5 30 25.297 + 0.034 2.25

N35 x 2 x 16 27.737 + 0.042 3.50


Ex-AM 30 35 116.0 8.5 20 10 116.0 8.5 35
N30 x 1.25 x 22 25.297 + 0.034 2.25

N45 x 2 x 21 37.631 + 0.039


Ex-AM 40 40 133.0 5.5 25 12 133.0 5.5 35 3.50
N35 x 2 x 16 27.737 + 0.042

Output shafts

Ex-AME Ex-AMB
Gearbox
d3 I4 I5 Me DM d4 d5 I2 I3 I6 I9
6g/7H H7/h6
DIN 5480
Ex-AM 20 W35x2x16 70 111.9 38.972 0.023 4.0 28 / 30 72 102.5 6.5 27.3 20.0

Ex-AM 30 W45x2x21 85.0 130.6 48.909 0.025 4.0 35.0 80.0 116.0 8.5 29.3 20.0

Ex-AM 40 W50x2x24 120 150.0 54.186 0.023 4.0 40 90 133.5 5.5 31.3 30.0

191
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Universal type Ex-AU 20 Ex-AU 90

Ex-AUV

Ex-AU 20 Ex-AU 40

Ex-AUE Ex-AUH Ex-AUK Ex-AUB

Solid shafts
Ex-AUV Ex-AUE
d i2 I s4 t u x b x I12 d3 I4 I5 Me DM
Gearbox 6g/7H
DIN DIN 6885 DIN 5480
332-
DR
W35 x 2 x 38.972
Ex-AU 20 25 k6 55.5 50 M10 28.0 A8 x 7 x 40 70 124.0 4.0
16 0.023
W45 x 2 x 48.909
Ex-AU 30 30 k6 67.5 60 M10 33.0 A8 x 7 x 56 85 146.6 4.0
21 0.025
W50 x2 x 54.186
Ex-AU 40 40 k6 93.5 80 M16 43.0 A12 x 8 x 70 120 167.5 4.0
28 0.023
W65 x 2 69.024
Ex-AU 50 50 k6 111.0 100 M16 53.5 A14 x 9 x 90 138 177.0 4.0
x31 0.028
60 W75 x 3 x 81.292
Ex-AU 60 135.0 120 M20 64.0 A18 x 11 x 110 170 214.0 6.0
m6 24 0.028
70 W90 x 3 x 95.944
Ex-AU 70 160.0 140 M20 74.5 A20 x 12 x 125 200 252.0 6.0
m6 28 0.027
90 W110 x 3 116.036
Ex-AU 80 187.5 170 M20 95.0 A25 x 14 x 160 220 285.0 6.0
m6 x 35 0.031
110
Ex-AU 90 237.5 210 M24 116.0 A28 x 16 x 200 - - - - -
m6

192
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Universal type Ex-AU 20 Ex-AU 90

Hollow shafts

Ex-AUH Ex-AUK Ex-AUB


Gearbox d1 I1 I3 I7 u d2 I1 I3 I8 Mi DM d4 d5 I2 I3 I6 I9
DIN 5480
H7/ N9 7H/6g H7/h6
k6
Ex-AU 20 24 96 -0.5 20 8 N30x1.25x22 96 -0.5 30 25.297 + 0.034 2.25 28 / 30 72 102.5 5.5 27.3 20

N35x2x16 27.737 + 0.042 3.50


Ex-AU 30 35 116 7.5 20 10 116 7.5 35 35 80 116.0 7.5 29.3 20
N30x1.25x22 25.297 + 0.034 2.25

N45x2x21 37.631 + 0.039


Ex-AU 40 40 133 12.0 25 12 133 12.0 35 3.50 40 90 133.5 12.0 31.3 30
N35x2x16 27.737 + 0.042

N50x2x24 42.649 + 0.044


Ex-AU 50 50 157 12.0 30 14 157 12.0 35 3.50 50 110 167.3 12.0 34.3 40
N45x2x21 37.631 + 0.039

Ex-AU 60 60 187 13.0 40 18 N65x2x31 187 13.0 40 57.675 + 0.045 3.50 60 138 183.0 13.0 37.4 40

Ex-AU 70 70 240 15.0 50 20 N75x3x24 240 15.0 45 63.962 + 0.050 5.25 70 155 244.0 15.0 44.4 50

Ex-AU 80 90 274 13.5 50 25 N90x3x28 274 13.5 45 79.136 + 0.042 5.25 90 185 278.0 13.5 56.5 60

Ex-AU 90 100 332 27.0 70 28 N110x3x35 332 27.0 55 99.080 + 0.049 5.25 100 230 335.5 27.0 65.5 60

193
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Universal type Ex-AU 20 Ex-AU 90

Brake TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox h11 dv AG
Motor AC LB K2/K3

63 A/B - 114 - 287 - 559 337


Ex-AU 20
71 A/B 165 137 380 335 652 607 348

Ex-AU 30 80 A/B 183 155 438 383 731 676 400 1xM25 + 2xM20
145
80 A/B 183 155 438 383 757 702 434
Ex-AU 40
90 S/L 208 172 507 452 826 771 444

Ex-AU 50 100 LB 234 191 535 477 915 857 509


2xM25 + 2xM20
Ex-AU 60 112 M 259 208 608 549 1036 977 595

132 S 311 252 640 570 1204 1134 710


Ex-AU 70 205
132M/L 311 252 717 645 1281 1209 697 2xM32 + 2xM20

160M/L 348 274 791 713 1480 1402 818


Ex-AU 80
180 M/L 412 394 1266 945 1955 1634 854
2xM40 + 2xM20
180 M/L 412 394 1266 945 2028 1707 961 228
Ex-AU 90 2xM40 + 1xM25
200 LA/LB 412 394 1296 976 2058 1738 981
+ 2xM20

194
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Universal type Ex-AU 20 Ex-AU 90

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox b1
a1 a2 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 b b3 b4 d
j6
Ex-AU 20 107 61.0 150 16 - 20.0 15.5 - 70 131 - 25k6

Ex-AU 30 152 64.0 182 16 - 22.0 21.0 190 95 156 57 30k6

Ex-AU 40 175 68.0 206 20 - 23.0 21.0 216 100 188 68 40k6

Ex-AU 50 220 85.5 255 20 - 26.0 29.5 257 130 236 90 50k6

Ex-AU 60 280 47.0 309 25 51.5 30.0 34.0 323 180 284 111 60m6

Ex-AU 70 324 51.5 366 32 65.0 30.5 29.0 400 230 340 133 70m6

Ex-AU 80 382 53.5 440 32 71.0 32.6 35.0 499 250 416 151 90m6

Ex-AU 90 445 66.0 520 40 94.0 40.0 39.5 580 300 500 172 110m6

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox
d10 e1 f1 h1 h2 h3 H4 p1 s s1 w1

Ex-AU 20 14 85 4.0 104 57.5 224.0 - 222 - M8x12 -

Ex-AU 30 14 115 4.0 129 75.0 284.0 50 243 M8x12 M10x18 30.0

Ex-AU 40 14 130 3.5 148 90.0 318.0 60 269 M12x17 M12x17 34.0

Ex-AU 50 18 165 4.5 178 115.0 418.0 71 330 M12x18 M12x18 26.5

Ex-AU 60 22 215 5.0 218 140.0 484.0 91 378 M16x21 M16x21 38.0

Ex-AU 70 22 265 5.0 272 165.0 561.0 112 514 M20x32 M16x21 49.0

Ex-AU 80 22 300 5.0 328 200.0 674.0 132 639 M24x36 M20x30 50.0

Ex-AU 90 26 350 5.0 395 240.0 804.0 160 712 M30x50 M20x35 64.0

195
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Foot-mounted type Ex-AG 30 Ex-AG 90

Ex-AGV

Ex-AGE Ex-AGH Ex-AGK Ex-AGB

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox
a b b3 c c11 d e f

Ex-AG 30 57 260 156 16 20 30 k6 92.0 292

Ex-AG 40 68 308 188 20 24 40 k6 104.0 342

Ex-AG 50 84 388 236 21 31 50 k6 145.5 436

Ex-AG 60 111 550 284 27 40 60 m6 174.5 614

Ex-AG 70 133 560 340 30 44 70 m6 208.0 629

Ex-AG 80 150.5 655 416 40 53 90 m6 235.0 730

Ex-AG 90 172.0 800 500 42 58 110 m6 269.5 880

196
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Foot-mounted type Ex-AG 30 Ex-AG 90

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox
h h1 h3 h4 h22 p1 s w1

Ex-AG 30 98.00.22 129 310.0 85 101 243 9 30.0

Ex-AG 40 118.00.22 148 351.0 106 123 269 11 34.0

Ex-AG 50 149.00.22 178 465.0 137 161 330 14 22.5

Ex-AG 60 181.50.22 218 580.5 204.5 237 378 18 38.0

Ex-AG 70 214.00.22 272 623.0 192 227 514 22 49.0

Ex-AG 80 261.00.32 328 720.0 210.0 247.5 639 26 50.0

Ex-AG 90 308.00.32 395 874.0 270.0 320.0 712 33 64.0

Brake TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox h11 dv AG
motor AC LB K2/K3

Ex-AG 30 80 A/B 731 676 426


183 155 438 383
80 A/B 757 702 467 1xM25 + 2xM20
Ex-AG 40 145
90 S/L 208 172 507 452 826 771 477

100 LB 234 191 535 477 915 857 555


Ex-AG 50
112 M 988 929 576 2xM25 + 2xM20
259 208 608 549
Ex-AG 60 112 M 1036 977 692

132 S 311 252 640 570 1204 1134 772 205


Ex-AG 70
132 M/L 311 252 717 645 1281 1209 759 2xM32 + 2xM20

160 M/L 348 274 791 713 1480 1402 866


Ex-AG 80
180 M/L 412 394 1266 945 1955 1634 902
2xM40 + 2xM20
180 M/L 412 394 1266 945 2028 1707 1041 228
Ex-AG 90 2xM40 + 1xM25
200 LA/LB 412 394 1296 976 2058 1738 1061
+ 2xM20

197
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Foot-mounted type Ex-AG 30 Ex-AG 90

Solid shafts

Ex-AGV Ex-AGE
Gearbox d i2 I s4 t uxbx d3 I3 I4 I5 Me DM
I12 6g/7H
DIN DIN 5480
332-DR DIN 6885
Ex-AG 30 A8 x 7 x 48.909
67.5 60 M10 33.0 W45 x 2 x 21 22.5 85 147 4.0
30 k6 56 0.025
Ex-AG 40 A12 x 8 x 54.186
93.5 80 M16 43.0 W50 x2 x 28 20.5 120 168 4.0
40 k6 70 0.023
Ex-AG 50 A14 x 9 x 69.024
111.0 100 M16 53.5 W65 x 2 x31 11.5 138 177 4.0
50 k6 90 0.028
Ex-AG 60 A18 x 11 81.292
135.0 120 M20 64.0 W75 x 3 x 24 23.0 170 214 6.0
60 m6 x 110 0.028
Ex-AG 70 A20 x 12 95.944
160.0 140 M20 74.5 W90 x 3 x 28 29.0 200 252 6.0
70 m6 x 125 0.027
Ex-AG 90 A25 x 14 W110 x 3 x 116.036
187.5 170 M20 95.0 32.5 220 285 6.0
80 m6 x 160 35 - 0.0306
Ex-AG 110 116. A28 x 16
237.5 210 M24 - - - - - -
90 m6 0 x 200

198
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Foot-mounted type Ex-AG 30 Ex-AG 90

Hollow shafts

Ex-AGH Ex-AGK Ex-AGB


Gearbox
d1 I1 I3 I7 u d2 I1 I3 I8 Mi DM d4 d5 I2 I3 I6 I9
DIN 5480
H7/k6 N9 7H/6g H7/h6
N35x2x16 27.737 + 0.042 3.50
Ex-AG 30 35 116 30.0 20 10 116 30.0 35 35 80 116.0 30.0 29.3 20
N30x1.25x22 25.297 + 0.034 2.25

N45x2x21 37.631 + 0.039


Ex-AG 40 40 133 32.5 25 12 133 32.5 35 3.50 40 90 133.5 32.5 31.3 30
N35x2x16 27.737 + 0.042

N50x2x24 42.649 + 0.044


Ex-AG 50 50 157 23.0 30 14 157 23.0 35 3.50 50 110 167.3 23.0 34.3 40
N45x2x21 37.631 + 0.039

Ex-AG 60 60 187 36.0 40 18 N65x2x31 187 36.0 40 57.675 + 0.045 3.50 60 138 183.0 32.0 37.4 40

Ex-AG 70 70 240 29.0 50 20 N75x3x24 240 29.0 45 63.962 + 0.050 5.25 70 155 244.0 29.0 44.4 50

Ex-AG 80 90 274 46.0 50 25 N90x3x28 274 46.0 45 79.136 + 0.042 5.25 90 185 278.0 46.0 56.5 60

Ex-AG 90 100 332 64.0 70 28 N110x3x35 332 64.0 55 99.080 + 0.049 5.25 100 230 335.5 64.0 65.5 60

199
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Flange-mounted type Ex-AF 20 Ex-AF 90

Ex-AFV

Ex-AF 70 Ex-AF 90 Ex-AF 20 Ex-AF

Ex-AFE Ex-AFH Ex-AFK Ex-AFB

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox b1
a1 a11 b3 c1 d e1 f1 h1 h2 h3 h22 p1 s1
j6
Ex-AF
160 123 110 131 10 25 k6 130 3.5 104 57.5 228 61.5 240.0 9.0
20
Ex-AF
200 154 130 156 12 30 k6 165 3.5 129 75.0 284 77.0 277.0 11.0
30
Ex-AF
250 192 180 188 14 40 k6 215 4.0 148 90.0 324 96.0 305.0 13.5
40
Ex-AF
300 236 230 242 14 50 k6 265 4.0 178 115.0 421 118.0 368.0 13.5
50
Ex-AF
350 265 250 290 17 60 m6 300 5.0 218 140.0 484 132.5 433.5 18.0
60
Ex-AF
450 - 350 346 17 70 m6 400 5.0 272 165.0 621 225.0 566 18.0
70
Ex-AF
450 - 350 422 20 90 m6 400 5.0 328 200.0 698 225.0 691 18.0
80
Ex-AF 110
550 - 450 500 20 500 5.0 395 240.0 840 275.0 755 18.0
90 m6
200
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Flange-mounted type Ex-AF 20 Ex-AF 90

TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox Motor h11 dv AG
AC LB K2/K3

63 A/B - 114 - 287 - 577 337


Ex-AF 20
71 A/B 165 137 380 335 670 625 347.5

Ex-AF 30 80 A/B 183 155 438 383 765 710 400 1xM25 + 2xM20
145
80 A/B 183 155 438 383 793 738 434
Ex-AF 40
90 S/L 208 172 507 452 862 807 444

100 LB 234 191 535 477 953 895 509


Ex-AF 50
112 M 259 208 608 549 1026 967 530 2xM25 + 2xM20

Ex-AF 60 112 M 259 208 608 549 1092 1033 595

132 S 311 252 640 570 1256 1186 710 205


Ex-AF 70
132 M/L 311 252 717 645 1333 1261 697 2xM32 + 2xM20

160 M/L 348 274 791 713 1532 1454 818


Ex-AF 80
180 M/L 412 394 1266 945 2007 1686 854
2xM40 + 2xM20
180 M/L 412 394 1266 945 2071 1750 961
228
Ex-AF 90 2xM40 + 1xM25
200 LA/LB 412 394 1296 976 2101 1781 981
+ 2xM20

Solid shafts

Ex-AFV Ex-AFE
Gearbox d i2 I s4 t u x b x I12 d3 I4 I5 Me DM
6g/7H
DIN DIN 6885 DIN 5480
332-DR
Ex-AF W35 x 2 x 38.972
25 k6 50.0 50 M10 28.0 A8 x 7 x 40 70 101.0 4.0
20 16 0.023
Ex-AF W45 x 2 x 48.909
30 k6 60.0 60 M10 33.0 A8 x 7 x 56 85 104.6 4.0
30 21 0.025
Ex-AF A12 x 8 x W50 x2 x 54.186
40 k6 80.0 80 M16 43.0 120 118.5 4.0
40 70 24 0.023
Ex-AF A14 x 9 x W65 x 2 69.024
50 k6 100.0 100 M16 53.5 138 128.0 4.0
50 90 x31 0.028
Ex-AF A18 x 11 x W75 x 3 x 81.292
60 m6 120.0 120 M20 64.0 170 143.0 6.0
60 110 24 0.028
Ex-AF A20 x 12 x W90 x 3 x 95.944
70 m6 140.0 140 M20 74.5 200 181.0 6.0
70 125 28 0.027
Ex-AF A25 x 14 x W110 x 3 x 116.036
90 m6 170.0 170 M20 95.0 220 215.5 6.0
80 160 35 0.0306
Ex-AF 110 A28 x 16 x
210.0 210 M24 116.0 - - - - -
90 m6 200

201
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Flange-mounted type Ex-AF 20 Ex-AF 90

Hollow shafts

Ex-AFH Ex-AFK Ex-AFB


Gearbox d1 I1 I3 I7 u d2 I1 I3 I8 Mi DM d4 d5 I2 I3 I6 I9
DIN 5480
H7/ N9 7H/6g H7/h6
k6
Ex-AF 20 24 96 23.5 20 8 N30x1.25x22 96 23.5 30 25.297 + 0.034 2.25 28 / 30 72 102.5 17.5 27.3 20

N35x2x16 27.737 + 0.042 3.50


Ex-AF 30 35 116 30.0 20 10 116 34.5 35 35 80 116.0 30.0 29.3 20
N30x1.25x22 25.297 + 0.034 2.25

N45x2x21 37.631 + 0.039


Ex-AF 40 40 133 37.0 25 12 133 32.5 35 3.50 40 90 133.5 37.0 31.3 30
N35x2x16 27.737 + 0.042

N50x2x24 42.649 + 0.044


Ex-AF 50 50 157 37.0 30 14 157 37.0 35 3.50 50 110 167.3 37.3 34.3 40
N45x2x21 37.631 + 0.039

Ex-AF 60 60 187 58.0 40 18 N65x2x31 187 58.0 40 57.675 + 0.045 3.50 60 138 183.0 62.0 37.4 40

Ex-AF 70 70 240 56.0 50 20 N75x3x24 240 56.0 45 63.962 + 0.050 5.25 70 155 244.0 56.0 44.4 50

Ex-AF 80 90 274 55.5 50 25 N90x3x28 274 55.5 45 79.136 + 0.042 5.25 90 185 278.0 55.5 56.5 60

Ex-AF 90 100 332 42.0 70 28 N110x3x35 332 42.0 55 99.080 + 0.049 5.25 100 230 335.5 42.0 65.5 60

202
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Torque bracket type Ex-AD 40 Ex-AD 80

Ex-ADV

Ex-AD

Ex-ADE Ex-ADH Ex-ADK Ex-ADB

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox b1
a1 a2 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 b3
j6
Ex-AD 40 175 68.0 206 20 - 23.0 21.0 110 188
Ex-AD 50 220 85.5 255 20 - 26.0 29.5 130 236
Ex-AD 60 280 47.0 309 25 51.5 30.0 34.0 180 284
Ex-AD 70 324 51.5 366 32 65.0 30.5 29.0 230 340
Ex-AD 80 382 53.5 440 32 71.0 32.6 35.0 250 416

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox
d d10 e1 f1 h1 h2 h3 p1 s1
Ex-AD 40 40k6 14 130 3.5 148 90 318 269 M12x17
Ex-AD 50 50k6 18 165 4.5 178 115 418 330 M12x18
Ex-AD 60 60m6 22 215 5.0 218 140 484 378 M16x21
Ex-AD 70 70m6 22 265 5.0 272 165 561 514 M16x21
Ex-AD 80 90m6 22 300 5.0 328 200 674 639 M20x30

203
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Torque bracket type Ex-AD 40 Ex-AD 80

Brake TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV


Gearbox h11 dv AG
Motor AC LB K2/K3

80 A/B 183 155 438 383 757 702 434


Ex-AD 40 1xM25 + 2xM20
90 S/L 208 172 507 452 826 771 444 145

100 LB 234 191 535 477 915 857 509


Ex-AD 50
112 M 259 208 608 549 988 929 530 2xM25 + 2xM20

112 M 259 208 608 549 1036 977 595


Ex-AD 60
132 S 311 252 640 570 1068 998 631 205

Ex-AD 70 132 M/L 311 252 717 645 1281 1209 697 2xM32 + 2xM20

160 M/L 348 274 791 713 1480 1402 818


Ex-AD 80
180 M/L 412 394 1266 945 1955 1634 854 2xM40 + 2xM20 228

Solid shafts

Ex-ADV Ex-ADE
Gearbox d i2 I s4 t u x b x I12 d3 I4 I5 Me DM
6g/7H
DIN DIN 6885 DIN 5480
332-
DR
40 A12 x 8 x 54.186
Ex-AD 40 93.5 80 M16 43.0 W50 x2 x 24 120 167.5 4.0
k6 70 0.023
50 A14 x 9 x 69.024
Ex-AD 50 111.0 100 M16 53.5 W65 x 2 x31 138 177.0 4.0
k6 90 0.028
60 A18 x 11 x 81.292
Ex-AD 60 135.0 120 M20 64.0 W75 x 3 x 24 170 214.0 6.0
m6 110 0.028
70 A20 x 12 x 95.944
Ex-AD 70 160.0 140 M20 74.5 W90 x 3 x 28 200 252.0 6.0
m6 125 0.027
90 A25 x 14 x 116.036
Ex-AD 80 187.5 170 M20 95.0 W110 x 3 x 35 220 285.0 6.0
m6 160 0.031

204
2.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Offset geared motors


Torque bracket type Ex-AD 40 Ex-AD 80

Hollow shafts

Ex-ADH Ex-ADK Ex-ADB


Gearbox d1 I1 I3 I7 u d2 I1 I3 I8 Mi DM d4 d5 I2 I3 I6 I9
DIN 5480
H7/k N9 7H/6g H7/h6
6
N45x2x21 37.631 + 0.039
Ex-AD 40 40 133 12.0 25 12 133 12.0 35 3.50 40 90 133.5 12.0 31.3 30
N35x2x16 27.737 + 0.042

N50x2x24 42.649 + 0.044


Ex-AD 50 50 157 12.0 30 14 157 12.0 35 3.50 50 110 167.3 12.0 34.3 40
N45x2x21 37.631 + 0.039

Ex-AD 60 60 187 13.0 40 18 N65x2x31 187 13.0 40 57.675 + 0.045 3.50 60 138 183.0 13.0 37.4 40

Ex-AD 70 70 240 15.0 50 20 N75x3x24 240 15.0 45 63.962 + 0.050 5.25 70 155 244.0 15.0 44.4 50

Ex-AD 80 90 274 13.5 50 25 N90x3x28 274 13.5 45 79.136 + 0.042 5.25 90 185 278.0 13.5 56.5 60

205
2.4 Coupling housing connection dimensions

Solo gearbox
Coupling housing

Ex-A 20 Ex-A 60

Ex-A 70 Ex-A 90

Dimensions
Brake
Gearbox axb d
Motor i2 I I11 I12 a1 f5
DIN 471 k6
Ex-A 20 63 - 71 16 x 1 16 53 - 21 24 160 5.0

Ex-A 30 80 19 x 1.2 19 49 - 21 24 204 5.0

Ex-A 40 90 19 x 1.2 19 49 - 21 24 204 5.0

Ex-A 50 100 24 x 1.2 24 51 - 21 25 255 4.5

Ex-A 50 112 24 x 1.2 24 63 - 33 37 255 4.5

Ex-A 60 112 24 x 1.2 24 60 - 33 37 314 4.5

Ex-A 70 132 32 x 1.5 32 60 161.0 33 37 318 5.5

Ex-A 80 160 - 180 60 x 2 60 70 231.5 53 60 400 9.0

Ex-A 90 180 - 200 60 x 2 60 70 228.5 53 60 400 9.0

206
Dimensions
Gearbox Brake Motor d1 s
b3 d11 e1 r
H7 Mxt
Ex-A 20 63 - 71 125 115 14 140.0 14.5 M8 x 18

Ex-A 30 80 160 140 14 180.0 20.0 M10 x 20

Ex-A 40 90 160 140 14 180.0 20.0 M10 x 20

Ex-A 50 100 200 180 18 223.5 25.0 M10 x 20

Ex-A 50 112 200 180 18 223.5 25.0 M10 x 20

Ex-A 60 112 250 224 22 280.0 32.5 M12 x 24

Ex-A 70 132 250 224 32 280.0 32.0 M12 x 16

Ex-A 80 160 - 180 315 280 41 355.0 40.0 M16 x 21

Ex-A 90 180 - 200 315 280 41 355.0 40.0 M16 x 21

207
3 Helical geared motors
Housing designs

Ex-DGV 21 Ex-DGV 41
Foot-mounted type

Ex-DFV 21 Ex-DGV 41
Foot-mounted type

Ex-DUV 21 - Ex-DUV 41
Combined foot/flange-mounted
type

Ex-DGV 50 - Ex-DGV 90
Foot-mounted type

Ex-DFV 50 - Ex-DFV 90
Flange mounted type

208
Helical geared motors
The "Helical geared motor" selection tables contain several geared motors which fulfill the criteria in terms of power,
speed and duty factor in the "Gearbox" column.
The type designation indicates the geared motor technical features.

Type designation
The gearbox designation comprises:
gearbox type
housing design
output shaft type
size
number of stages
input type

Mounting code
The mounting code must be added to the gearbox information. The mounting code indicates the
model and mounting position
output shaft dimension
motor terminal box position
gearbox transmission ratio in sequence
The type designation and mounting code taken together make up the order data according to which the required
geared motor is supplied.

209
3.1 Gearbox type designation

Type designation Mounting code

Transmission ratio

Terminal box position

Output shaft code

Model code

Ex D F V 50 D L - B5.0 - 30 - 0 - 23.2

Input type
D Direct coupling
L Light coupling
S Heavy coupling
R Slipping clutch

Number of stages
D 2-stage
T 3-stage

Size
21, 31, 41, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90

Output shaft design


V Solid shaft with key

Housing design
G Foot-mounted design (feet with through holes)
F Flange-mounted design (flange with through holes)
U Combined foot/flange-mounted design

Gearbox type
D Helical gearbox

Explosion-Proof

210
3.2 Mounting code
Model code
All gearbox models and mounting positions available can be found in sections 3.2.1 to 3.2.3. The code must include
the corresponding model code.
Output shaft code
The output shaft type is indicated by the following codes:

Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex- Ex-


Size
D 21 D 31 D 41 D 50 D 60 D 70 D 80 D 90
Output 1)
25
shaft Solid shaft with key V 25 30 40 50 60 70 90
30
code
Option Solid shaft without key V 125 130 130 140 150 160 170 190
Output
shaft Solid shaft with key in inch V 225 230 230 240 250 260 270 290
code

1) The technical data given in the selection tables apply for a shaft diameter of 30 mm.
Drive-Designer includes data for 25 mm diameter shafts.

Terminal box position:


The terminal box of the motor may be fitted in four different positions. The positions are defined as 0, 1, 2 or 3 looking
at the motor shaft end-on

Example: Terminal box position 1

Gearbox transmission ratio:


Refer to the Transmission ratio i column in the Helical geared motors selection tables for the transmission ratio.

211
3.2.1 Ex-DG gearbox model code
Foot-mounted type G
Model B3, B6, B8, B7, V5, V6
Foot-mounted with through-holes

B3

B6

B8

B7

V5 V6

Terminal box View to determine


position code the terminal box
according to position
model code B3

212
3.2.2 Ex-DF gearbox model code
Flange-mounted type F
Model B14, V19, V18,
Flange-mounted with threaded holes for D21 D41)

B5.0
(B14.0)

B5.1
(B14.1)

B5.2
(B14.2)

B5.3
(B14.3)

V1 V3
(V18) (V19)
View to determine
the terminal box
Terminal box position
position code
according to model
code B5.0 (B14.0)

213
3.2.3 Ex-DU gearbox model code
Combined foot / flange-mounted type U for D21 D41 Model B35, V15, V36
Foot-mounted with through-holes and flange-mounted with though-holes
(Model B34, V15.4, V36.4 Foot-mounted with through-holes and flange-mounted
with threaded bore holes)

B35.0
(B34.0)

B35.1
(B34.1)

B35.2
(B34.2)

B35.3
(B34.3)

V15.5 V36.5
(V15.4) (V36.4)
View to determine
the terminal box
Terminal box
position
position code
according to model
code B35.0 (B34.0)

214
3.3 Helical gearbox with coupling connection
Explosion-proof motors are mounted by means of flange, coupling and coupling extension.

Coupling arrangement

Brake motor

Ex-D21 Ex-D90
Helical gearbox Intermediate
flange
Coupling

Data are given for input drive speed


n1 = 1450rpm

215
3.3.1 Selection example
Helical geared motors with coupling connection
Selection example
The requirement is to find a geared motor with a brake motor, 0.37kW, and an output speed of approx. 10rpm.
Required duty factor f Berf 1.25.
Motor selection
Key value table for 4-pole motors.

4-pole motors

Rated Speed Current Efficiency Power IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN JMot Sound Mass Explos. Temp.
output factor Pr. Group Class CESI
IN
Type ATEX
PN nN V. 400 4/4 kg m2 Lp Kg.
no.
kW rpm A % cos (x 10-3) dB (A)

63 A 0.12 1380 0.62 58 0.55 2.9 2.3 2.5 0.25 45 22 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 110

63 B 0.18 1340 0.67 59 0.65 2.4 2.3 2.5 0.25 45 22 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 110

71 A 0.25 1380 0.77 65 0.71 3.1 2.2 2.6 1.02 49 29 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 110

71 B 0.37 1380 1.10 69 0.72 3.5 2.2 2.7 1.32 49 29 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 110

80 A 0.55 1380 1.60 70 0.71 4.0 2.3 2.5 1.70 52 36 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 111

80 B 0.75 1400 2.00 77 0.70 4.0 2.3 2.6 2.10 52 36 T4 CESI 03 ATEX 111

Selected motor:
71 B, 0.37kW, 1380rpm,
9550 X 0.37
MNMot = = 2.56 Nm
1380

Gearbox selection according to the following criteria:


Motor speed 1380 rpm
i = = 138
Output speed 10 rpm
Gearbox rated torque at input speed
n1 = 1450 rpm;

M2N fB i MNMot. 1.25 138 2.56 442 Nm

Gearbox to be selected according to section 2.3.2 selection tables for helical gearboxes with coupling connection,
1450rpm

1) 2)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [kW] [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]

235 2.78 12.8 521 5756


257 3.42 11.4 424 5614
283 4.46 9.6 325 5483
305 5.69 8.1 255 5423
514 6.15 12.7 236 2661 Ex-D.. 50D. 32
540 6.90 11.9 210 2776
538 7.57 10.8 192 2596

216
Selected:
Helical gearbox Foot-mounted type Ex-DG. 50 D.
Or
Helical gearbox Flange-mounted type Ex-DF. 50 D.

Transmission ratio: i = 6.15.


Output speed approx.
1380rpm / 6.15 = 224.4 rpm
Permissible radial force 2661 N.
Given duty factor fB:

514 Nm
fB = = 32.15
6.15 2.6 Nm

Coupling assignment

Helical gearbox

Ex-D21 Ex-D31 Ex-D41 - Ex-D50 Ex-D60 Ex-D70 Ex-D80 Ex-D90

Angular gearbox
Motor frame size
Ex-W70 /
- Ex-W20 Ex-W30 Ex-W40 Ex-W50 Ex-W60 Ex-W90 Ex-W100
Ex-W80
Offset gearbox
Ex- Ex- Ex-A50 /
- Ex-A20 - Ex-A70 Ex-A80 Ex-A90 -
A30 A40 Ex-A60
63
71
80
90 S H1 HT 1
90 L
100
112 M
132 S H2 HT 2
132 M
132 MB
160
180 H3
200
225

e.g.
Light coupling H1 or Heavy coupling HT1.

217
3.3.2 Selection tables
Helical gearboxes with coupling connection
Input speed n1 ~ 1450rpm
1)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [kW] n2 [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]

2) 3) 2) 3) 2) 3)
77 2.88 4.0 503 1995 Ex-D.. 21D. 7.3 -
81 3.02 4.0 480 1930
84 3.63 3.5 400 1875
88 3.81 3.5 381 1802
91 4.66 3.0 311 1775
96 4.89 3.0 297 1694
98 6.16 2.4 235 1765
103 6.47 2.4 224 1694
127 6.84 2.8 212 1322
130 7.61 2.6 191 1512
8.62 2.3 168 1509
9.59 2.1 151 1827
11.1 1.8 131 1859
12.3 1.6 118 2185
14.7 1.4 99 2273
16.3 1.2 89 2620
18.1 1.1 80 2659
20.1 0.98 72 3047
23.3 0.85 62 3177
25.9 0.76 56 3579
28.8 0.69 50 3647
32.0 0.62 45 4063
37.1 0.53 39 4242
41.2 0.48 35 4600
44.8 0.44 32 4600
49.9 0.40 29 4600
59.8 0.33 24 4600
66.5 0.30 22 4600
129 3.23 6.0 449 1532 Ex-D..31D 9.4 -
131 3.40 5.8 426 1493
137 4.19 4.9 346 1504
139 4.41 4.8 329 1467
143 5.18 4.2 280 1493
145 5.45 4.0 266 1457
150 6.53 3.5 222 1546
176 7.16 3.7 203 1696
184 8.02 3.5 181 1807
185 9.28 3.0 156 1809
193 10.4 2.8 140 1929
11.5 2.5 127 1917
200 12.8 2.4 113 2073
14.5 2.1 100 2076
16.2 1.9 90 2431
18.9 1.6 77 2539
21.1 1.5 69 2952
23.1 1.3 63 2967
25.9 1.1 56 3393
29.1 1.1 50 3483
32.6 0.93 45 3923
35.9 0.85 40 3973
40.2 0.76 36 4428
1) Weight DGV without coupling, without oil
2) For fitting to motors size 100
3) For fitting to motors size 112

218
3.3.2 Selection tables
Helical gearboxes with coupling connection
Input speed n1 ~ 1450rpm
1)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [kW] n2 [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]

2) 3) 2) 3) 2) 3)
200 46.0 0.66 32 4595 Ex-D..31D 9.4 -
51.5 0.59 28 5000
182 55.0 0.50 26 5000
200 61.6 0.49 24 5000
200 66.4 0.46 22 5000 Ex-D..31T 11 -
77.3 0.39 19 5000
86.6 0.35 17 5000
106 0.29 14 5000
86 107 0.12 14 5000
200 119 0.26 12 5000
134 0.23 11 5000
165 0.18 8.8 5000
188 0.16 7.7 5000
211 0.14 6.9 5000
182 226 0.12 6.4 5000
200 253 0.12 5.7 5000
172 3.23 8.1 449 3083 Ex-D..41D 12 -
185 3.67 7.7 395 2875
184 3.92 7.1 370 2972
202 4.75 6.4 305 2726
4.75 6.4 305 2726
257 5.85 6.7 248 2421
264 6.44 6.2 225 2492
272 7.33 5.6 198 2541
277 7.83 5.4 185 2568
278 8.60 4.9 169 2595
286 9.48 4.6 153 2712
291 11.0 4.0 132 2780
299 12.1 3.8 120 2908
302 13.4 3.4 108 2951
310 14.8 3.2 98 3087
314 17.0 2.8 85 3184
322 18.7 2.6 77 3348
327 21.6 2.3 67 3529
330 23.8 2.1 61 3882
29.4 1.7 49 4563
33.6 1.5 43 4878
37.1 1.4 39 5343
41.2 1.2 35 5591
45.4 1.1 32 6074
259 53.2 0.74 27 6500
285 58.6 0.74 25 6500
301 49.5 0.92 29 6500 Ex-D..41T 13 -
294 54.9 0.81 26 6500
324 60.5 0.81 24 6500
322 69.7 0.70 21 6500
330 76.8 0.65 19 6500
88.5 0.57 16 6500
97.6 0.51 15 6500
110 0.46 13 6500
121 0.41 12 6500
138 0.36 11 6500

1) Weight DGV without coupling, without oil


2) For fitting to motors size 100
3) For fitting to motors size 112

219
3.3.2 Selection tables
Helical gearboxes with coupling connection
Input speed n1 ~ 1450rpm
1)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [kW] n2 [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]
2) 3) 2) 3) 2) 3)
330 152 0.33 9.5 6500 Ex-D..41T 13 -
169 0.30 8.6 6500
186 0.27 7.8 6500
259 218 0.18 6.7 6500
285 240 0.18 6.0 6500
235 301 2.78 12.8 16.5 521 5756 Ex-D..50D 32 50
257 328 3.42 11.4 14.6 424 5614
283 361 4.46 9.6 12.3 325 5483
305 389 5.69 8.1 10.4 255 5423
514 514 6.15 12.7 12.7 236 2661
540 540 6.90 11.9 11.9 210 2776
538 538 7.57 10.8 10.8 192 2596
550 550 8.49 9.8 171 171 3067
9.87 8.5 8.5 147 3099
11.1 7.5 7.5 131 3831
12.6 6.6 6.6 115 3822
14.1 5.9 5.9 103 4571
15.7 5.3 5.3 93 4501
17.6 4.7 4.7 83 5268
21.1 4.0 4.0 69 5878
23.2 3.6 3.6 63 5800
26.0 3.2 3.2 56 6704
29.5 2.8 2.8 49 6881
33.1 2.5 2.5 44 7815
35.6 2.3 2.3 41 7776
40.0 2.1 2.1 36 8739
45.2 1.9 1.9 32 8966
50.8 1.6 1.6 29 9966
54.7 1.6 1.6 27 9975
61.4 1.4 1.4 24 10000
550 71.9 1.1 20 10000 Ex-D..50T 37 -
77.0 1.1 19 10000
86.4 0.97 17 10000
94.7 0.88 15 10000
106 0.79 14 10000
121 0.69 12 10000
135 0.62 11 10000
164 0.51 8.9 10000
185 0.45 7.8 10000
208 0.40 7.0 10000
224 0.37 6.5 10000
251 0.33 5.8 10000
955 955 6.44 22.5 22.5 225 12340 Ex-D..60D 73 86
982 982 7.10 21 21 204 12558
1000 1000 8.34 18.2 18.2 174 12703
9.19 16.5 16.5 158 13379
10.6 14.3 14.3 137 13812

1) Weight DGV without coupling, without oil


2) For fitting to motors size 100
3) For fitting to motors size 112

220
3.3.2 Selection tables
Helical gearboxes with coupling connection
Input speed n1 ~ 1450rpm
1)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [kW] n2 [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]
2) 3) 2) 3) 2) 3)
1000 1000 11.7 13 13 124 14199 Ex-D..60D 73 86
14.1 10.8 10.8 103 14841
15.5 9.8 9.8 94 15000
17.5 8.7 8.7 83 15000
19.3 7.9 7.9 75 15000
23.0 6.6 6.6 63 15000
25.3 6.0 6.0 57 15000
28.4 5.3 5.3 51 15000
31.3 4.9 4.9 46 15000
35.3 4.3 4.3 41 15000
38.9 3.9 3.9 37 15000
43.9 3.5 3.5 33 15000
48.4 3.1 3.1 30 15000
1000 57.5 2.6 25 15000 Ex-D..60T 84 -
63.3 2.4 23 15000
71.5 2.1 20 15000
78.8 2.0 18 15000
93.9 1.6 15 15000
103 1.5 14 15000
116 1.3 13 15000
128 1.1 11 15000
144 1.1 10 15000
159 0.95 9.1 15000
179 0.85 8.1 15000
197 0.77 7.3 15000
1742 1800 6.89 38.4 39.7 210 15768 Ex-D..70D 93 123
1800 7.72 35.4 35.4 188 16137
8.91 30.7 30.7 163 16412
9.98 27.4 27.4 145 16930
11.3 24.2 24.2 129 17146
12.6 21.7 21.7 115 17818
14.5 18.8 18.8 100 18303
16.2 16.9 16.9 90 19013
18.5 14.8 14.8 78 19505
20.7 13.2 13.2 70 20000
23.0 11.9 11.9 63 20000
25.8 10.6 10.6 56 20000
29.7 9.2 9.2 49 20000
33.2 8.2 8.2 44 20000
36.7 7.4 7.4 40 20000
41.1 6.6 6.6 35 20000
45.8 6.0 6.0 32 20000
51.3 5.3 5.3 28 20000
1762 1800 56.7 4.7 4.8 26 20000 Ex-D..70T 95 113
1800 63.5 4.3 4.3 23 20000
72.5 3.8 3.8 20 20000
81.2 3.4 3.4 18 20000
90.3 3.0 3.0 16 20000

1) Weight DGV without coupling, without oil


2) For fitting to motors size 100
3) For fitting to motors size 112

221
3.3.2 Selection tables
Helical gearboxes with coupling connection
Input speed n1 ~ 1450rpm
1)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [kW] n2 [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]
2)
2) 3) 2) 3) 3)
1800 101 2.7 2.7 14 20000 Ex-D..70T 95 113
116
130
144
161
179
201
3400 7.03 73.4 206 22150 Ex-D..80D - 177
7.87 65.6 184 23411
8.74 59.1 166 23359
9.79 52.7 148 24638
11.3 45.7 129 24808
12.6 41 115 26370
14.2 36.4 102 26738
15.9 32.5 91 28000
17.9 28.8 81 28000
20.0 25.8 72 28000
23.0 22.4 63 28000
25.8 20 56 28000
28.3 18.2 51 28000
31.7 16.3 46 28000
36.7 14.1 40 28000
41.1 12.6 35 28000
44.2 11.7 33 28000
49.5 10.4 29 28000
3337 3400 55.5 9.1 9.3 26 28000 Ex-D..80T 162 182
3400 62.2 8.3 8.3 23 28000
69.9 7.4 7.4 21 28000
78.2 6.6 6.6 19 28000
90.1 5.7 5.7 16 28000
101 5.1 5.1 14 28000
111 4.7 4.7 13 28000
124 4.2 4.2 12 28000
143 3.6 3.6 10 28000
161 3.2 3.2 9.0 28000
173 3.0 3.0 8.4 28000
193 2.7 2.7 7.5 28000
5231 7.49 106 194 42270 Ex-D..90D - 250
5454 8.32 99.5 174 43003
5542 9.44 89.1 154 43014
5775 10.5 83.5 138 43774
5732 11.5 75.7 126 44021
5800 12.8 68.8 113 45496
14.7 59.9 98 46580
16.4 53.7 89 48779
18.1 48.7 80 49380
20.1 43.8 72 51633
22.6 39 64 52524
25.1 35.1 58 54841
28.8 30.6 50 55000
32.0 27.5 45 55000

1) Weight DGV without coupling, without oil


2) For fitting to motors size 100
3) For fitting to motors size 112

222
3.3.2 Selection tables
Helical gearboxes with coupling connection
Input speed n1 ~ 1450rpm
1)
M2 [Nm] i P2 [kW] n2 [rpm] FR [N] Gearbox Weight [kg]
2)
2) 3) 2) 3) 3)
5800 36.2 24.3 40 40 55000 Ex-D..90D - 250
40.2 21.9 36 36 55000
46.1 19.1 32 32 55000
51.2 17.2 28 28 55000
4235 5800 55.1 11.7 16 26 55000 Ex-D..90T 251 271
4879 63.5 11.7 13.9 23 55000
5418 70.5 11.7 12.5 21 55000
5800 77.9 11.3 11.3 19 55000
86.5 10.2 10.2 17 55000
97.2 9.1 9.1 15 55000
108 8.2 8.2 13 55000
124 7.1 7.1 12 55000
138 6.4 6.4 11 55000
156 5.6 5.6 9.3 55000
173 5.1 5.1 8.4 55000
198 4.4 4.4 7.3 55000
220 4.0 4.0 6.6 55000

1) Weight DGV without coupling, without oil


2) For fitting to motors size 100
3) For fitting to motors size 112

223
3.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Helical geared motors


Foot-mounted type

Ex-DGV 21 DGV 41

Combined foot/flange-mounted type


Ex-DUV 21 DUV 41

Flange dimensions
Combined foot/flange-mounted type

Flange b1 D41
Model a1 c1 e1 f1 s1 D21 D31
bride j6

9 X - -
A120 120 80 100 3 6.8
8 - X -
B35 A140 140 95 9 115 3 9 X X X
A160 160 110 9 130 3.5 9 X X X
A200 200 130 10 165 3.5 11 - X X
C105 105 70 14 85 2.5 M6 X - -
B34 C120 120 80 18 100 3 M6 - X -
C140 140 95 18 115 3 M8 - X X

224
3.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Helical geared motors


Foot-mounted type

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox DIN 6885
d I/i2 i3 s4 t a b c e
uXbXI12

DGV 21 / DUV 21 25 k6 50 64 M10 28 A8x7x40 95 120 15 120

30 k6 60 78 M10 33 A8x7x50
DGV 31 / DUV 31 100 140 20 126
25 k6 50 68 M10 28 A8x7x40

DGV 41 / DUV 41 30 k6 60 78 M10 33 A8x7x50 110 165 20 140

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox
f h h1 h3 m n q2 q3 s w1

DGV 21 / DUV 21 145 85 1.5 137 35 33 188.5 - 9 28

207.0 269.0
DGV 31 / DUV 31 170 100 - 159 34 40 9 29
197.0 259.0

DGV 41 / DUV 41 200 115 - 183 35 45 224.0 285.5 11 33

2-stage
Brake
Gearbox TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV d=25 d=30
Motor
AC LB K2 (d=25) K2 (d=30) p2 h11 d11
63
Ex-DGV - 114 - 287 - 673 - 673 260.5
A/B
21 / Ex- 336 19
71
DUV 21 165 137 380 335 766 721 766 721 271
A/B
Ex-DGV
80
31 / Ex- 183 155 438 383 831 776 841 786 343 353 296 18.5
A/B
DUV 31
80
Ex-DGV 183 155 438 383 854 799 854 799 311
A/B
41 / Ex- 366 30
90
DUV 41 208 172 507 452 923 868 923 868 321
S/L

3-stage
Brake
Gearbox TEFC TENV TEFC TENV d=25 d=30
Motor
K3 (d=25) K3 (d=30) p3 h11 d11

63 A/B - - - - -
Ex-DGV 21 / Ex-DUV 21 - -
71 A/B - - - - -

Ex-DGV 31 / Ex-DUV 31 80 A/B 893 838 903 848 405 415 296 18.5

80 A/B 916 861 916 861 311


Ex-DGV 41 / Ex-DUV 41 428 30
90 S/L 985 930 985 930 321

225
3.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Ex-DFV 21 DFV 41

Flange dimension

Flange b1
Model a1 c1 e1 f1 s1 D21 D31 D41
bride j6

9 X - -
A120 120 80 100 3 6.8
8 - X -
B5 A140 140 95 9 115 3 9 X X X
A160 160 110 9 130 3.5 9 X X X
A200 200 130 10 165 3.5 11 - X X
C105 105 70 14 85 2.5 M6 X - -
B14 C120 120 80 18 100 3 M6 - X -
C140 140 95 18 115 3 M8 - X X

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox DIN 6885
d I/i2 i3 s4 t h1 h2 q2 q3
uxbxI12

Ex-DFV 21 25 k6 50 64 M10 28 A8x7x40 1.5 84 188.5 -


30 k6 60 78 M10 33 A8x7x50 207.0 269.0
Ex-DFV 31 - 97
25 k6 50 68 M10 28 A8x7x40 197.0 259.0
Ex-DFV 41 30 k6 60 78 M10 33 A8x7x50 - 112 224.0 285.5

226
3.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Helical geared motors


Foot-mounted type

Ex-DGV 50 Ex-DGV 90

Output shaft
Gearbox DIN 6885
d I/i2 s4 t
u x b x I12
Ex-DGV 50 40 k6 80 M16 43 A12x8x70

Ex-DGV 60 50 k6 100 M16 53.5 A14x9x90

Ex-DGV 70 60 m6 120 M20 64 A18x11x110

Ex-DGV 80 70 m6 140 M20 74.5 A20x12x125

Ex-DGV 90 90 m6 170 M24 95 A25x14x160

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox
a b c e f h h1 h3 m n q2 q3 s w1

Ex-DGV 50 120 210 30 159 250 150 - 253 38 57 267 336 13.5 45
Ex-DGV 60 185 250 35 235 300 195 43 301 50 68 367.0 471 18 54
Ex-DGV 70 190 290 35 250 350 240 50 359 60 75 408.0 520 22 65
Ex-DGV 80 210 350 50 283 419 275 61 413 71 91 470.0 599 26 79.5
Ex-DGV 90 215 440 55 306 529 340 78 508 91 115 525.0 663 33 91

227
3.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Helical geared motors


Foot-mounted type

2-stage 3-stage
Brake
Gearbox TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Motor
AC LB K2 p2 d11 K3 p3 d11 h11 dv AG

71A/B 165 137 380 335 839 794 908 863 336
478 21 1xM25 +
80A/B 183 155 438 383 897 842 966 911 346
409 21 2xM20 145
Ex-DGV 50 90S/L 208 172 507 452 966 911 - - - - 356

100LB 234 191 535 477 994 936 - - - - 366 2xM25 +


112M 259 208 608 549 1093 1034 435 31 - - - - 387 2xM20 205

71A/B 165 137 380 335 958 913 1043 998 338
1xM25 +
80A/B 183 155 438 383 1016 961 1101 1046 348
24 21 2xM20 145
90S/L 208 172 507 452 1085 1030 1170 1115 613 358

100LB 234 191 535 477 1113 1055 1198 1140 368 2xM25 +
Ex-DGV 60 528
112M 259 208 608 549 1186 1127 1271 1212 25 389 2xM20

132S 311 252 640 570 1218 1148 - - - - 425


32 2xM32 + 205
132M/L 311 252 717 645 1295 1223 - - - - 412
2xM20
160M/L 348 274 791 713 1369 1291 - - - - 442

228
3.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Helical geared motors


Foot-mounted type

2-stage 3-stage
Brake
Gearbox TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Motor
AC LB K2 p2 d11 K3 p3 d11 h11 dv AG

71A/B 165 137 380 335 994 949 1092 1047 376
1xM25 +
80A/B 183 155 438 383 1052 997 1150 1095 386
564 24 662 21 2xM20 145
90S/L 208 172 507 452 1121 1066 1219 1164 396

100LB 234 191 535 477 1149 1091 1247 1189 406 2xM25 +
112M 259 208 608 549 1298 1239 1346 1287 427 2xM20

Ex-DGV 70 132S 311 252 640 570 1330 1260 1378 1308 688 31 463
2xM32 + 205
132M/L 311 252 717 645 1407 1335 1455 1383 450
2xM20
160M/L 348 274 791 713 1481 1403 640 40 - - - - 480

2xM40 +
180M/L 412 394 1266 945 1956 1635 - - - - 516
2xM20
2xM40 + 228
200LA/LB 412 394 1296 976 1986 1666 - - - - 536 1xM25 +
2xM20

229
3.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Helical geared motors


Foot-mounted type

2-stage 3-stage
Brake
Gearbox TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV TEFC TENV
Motor
AC LB K2 p2 d11 K3 p3 d11 h11 dv AG

2xM25 +
112M 259 208 608 549 1357 1298 1418 1359 451
2xM20
132S 311 252 640 570 1389 1319 1450 1380 487
760 32 2xM32 + 205
132M/L 311 252 717 645 1466 1394 1527 1455 474
2xM20
Ex-DGV 80 160M/L 348 274 791 713 1540 1462 699 40 1601 1523 504

2xM40 +
180M/L 412 394 1266 945 2015 1694 - - - - 540
2xM20
2xM40 + 228
200LA/LB 412 394 1296 976 2045 1725 - - - - 560 1xM25 +
2xM20
2xM25 +
112M 259 208 608 549 1412 1353 1553 1494 499
2xM20
132S 311 252 640 570 1444 1374 1585 1515 535
2xM32 + 205
132M/L 311 252 717 645 1521 1449 1662 1590 522
2xM20
Ex-DGV 90 160M/L 348 274 791 713 1595 1517 754 43 1736 1658 895 40 552

2xM40 +
180M/L 412 394 1266 945 2070 1749 2211 1890 588
2xM20
2xM40 + 228
200LA/LB 412 394 1296 976 2100 1780 2241 1921 608 1xM25 +
2xM20

230
3.3.3 Dimension sheets
Coupling-mounted gearboxes with motor

Helical geared motors


Flange-mounted type

Ex-DFV 50 Ex-DFV 90
Ex-DFV 50 - Ex-DFV 70

Ex-DFV 80, Ex-DFV 90

Output shaft
Gearbox DIN 6885
d I/i2 s4 t a1 a11 b1
u x b x I12

Ex-DFV 50 40 k6 80 M16 43 A12x8x70 250 192 180 j6


Ex-DFV 60 50 k6 100 M16 53.5 A14x9x90 300 236 230 j6
Ex-DFV 70 60 m6 120 M20 64 A18x11x110 350 265 250 j6
Ex-DFV 80 70 m6 140 M20 74.5 A20x12x125 450 - 350 h6
Ex-DFV 90 90 m6 170 M24 95 A25x14x160 550 - 450 h6

Output shaft
Gearbox
c1 e1 f1 h1 h2 q2 q3 s1

Ex-DFV 50 15 215 4 - 147 267 336 13.5


Ex-DFV 60 16 265 4 43 188 367 471 13.5
Ex-DFV 70 19 300 4 50 231 408 520 18.0
Ex-DFV 80 23 400 5 61 272 470 599 18.0
Ex-DFV 90 24 500 5 78 330 525 663 18.0

231
3.4 Connection dimensions
Helical gearbox D

Foot-mounted type

Ex-DGV 21 Ex-DGV 41

Output shaft
Gearbox DIN 6885
d k6 I i3 s4 t
u x b x I12

Ex-DUV/DFV 21 25 50 64 M10 28.0 A8x7x40


d=30 30 60 78 M10 33.0 A8x7x50
Ex-DUV/DFV 31
d=25 25 50 68 M10 28.0 A8x7x40
Ex-DUV/DFV 41 30 60 78 M10 33.0 A8x7x50

Gearbox dimensions
Gearbox
a2 b2 e2 i3 i4 s2

Ex-DUV/DFV 21 92.5 70 85 64 5.0 M6x15


d=30 78
Ex-DUV/DFV 31 110.5 80 100 10.5 M8x16.5
d=25 68
Ex-DUV/DFV 41 110.5 80 100 78 5.0 M8x16.5

232
3.4.1 Coupling housing connection dimensions

Solo gearbox
Coupling housing

Coupling housing dimensions


Gearbox Brake Motor axb d i2 I I11 I12 a1
DIN 471 k6
Ex-D 21 71 - 80 19 x 1.2 19 53 147 21 25 178
Ex-D 31 71 - 90 24 x 1.2 24 53 146 21 25 178
Ex-D 41 71 - 100 24 x 1.2 24 49 142 21 25 204
Ex-D 50 71 - 100 24 x 1.2 24 49 142 21 25 204
Ex-D 50 112 - 140 32 x 1.5 32 60 168 33 37 318
Ex-D 60 71 - 112 24 x 1.2 24 49 142 21 25 204
Ex-D 60 71 -100 24 x 1.2 24 51 161 21 25 255
Ex-D 60 112 - 160 32 x 1.5 32 60 161 33 37 318
Ex-D 70 71 - 100 32 x 1.5 32 60 161 33 37 318
Ex-D 70 71 - 100 24 x 1.2 24 49 142 21 25 204
Ex-D 70 112 - 140 32 x 1.5 32 60 168 33 37 318
Ex-D 70 71 - 100 24 x 1.2 24 51 156 21 25 255
Ex-D 70 112 - 140 32 x 1.5 32 60 231.5 33 37 400
Ex-D 70 160 - 200 60 x 2 60 70 231.5 53 60 400
Ex-D 80 71 -100 24 x 1.2 24 51 161 21 25 255
Ex-D 80 112 - 160 32 x 1.5 32 60 161 33 37 318
Ex-D 80 112 - 140 32 x 1.5 32 60 228.5 33 37 400
Ex-D 80 160 - 225 60 x 2 60 70 228.5 53 60 400
Ex-D 90 112 - 140 32 x 1.5 32 60 228.5 33 37 400
Ex-D 90 160 - 225 60 x 2 60 70 228.5 53 60 400

233
3.4.1 Coupling housing connection dimensions

Solo gearbox
Coupling housing

Coupling housing dimensions

Gearbox Brake Motor f5 b3 d1 d11 e1 r s

H7 Mxt

Ex-D 21 71 - 80 6 140 125 19 160 16 M8 x 20

Ex-D 31 71 - 90 6 140 125 19 160 16 M8 x 20

Ex-D 41 71 - 100 6 160 140 30 180 20 M10 x 20

Ex-D 50 71 - 100 6 160 140 22 180 20 M10 x 20

Ex-D 50 112 - 140 5 250 224 32 280 31 M12 x 16

Ex-D 60 71 - 112 6 160 140 22 180 20 M10 x 20

Ex-D 60 71 -100 6 200 180 24 224 25 M10 x 13.5

Ex-D 60 112 - 160 5.5 250 224 32 280 32 M12 x 16

Ex-D 70 71 - 100 5.5 250 224 32 280 32 M12 x 16

Ex-D 70 71 - 100 6 160 140 22 180 20 M10 x 20

Ex-D 70 112 - 140 5 250 224 32 280 31 M12 x 16

Ex-D 70 71 - 100 6 200 180 24 224 25 M10 x 13.5

Ex-D 70 112 - 140 9 315 280 41 355 40 M16 x 21

Ex-D 70 160 - 200 9 315 280 41 355 40 M16 x 21

Ex-D 80 71 -100 6 200 180 24 224 25 M10 x 13.5

Ex-D 80 112 - 160 5.5 250 224 32 280 32 M12 x 16

Ex-D 80 112 - 140 10 315 280 41 355 40 M16 x 21

Ex-D 80 160 - 225 10 315 280 41 355 40 M16 x 21

Ex-D 90 112 - 140 10 315 280 41 355 40 M16 x 21

Ex-D 90 160 - 225 10 315 280 41 355 40 M16 x 21

234
Flameproof motors with brake

235
1. General information

Range of ATEX flameproof motors with brake

The motors offered in this catalogue comply with standards concerning equipment and protective systems
intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres, in compliance with European Directive 94/9/EC dated
23/3/94, otherwise known as the ATEX directive.

The ATEX directive states that two different certificates of conformity are to be issued.
One is the "EC Standard type" for the homologation of the prototype and the other is for the "Production
Quality Assurance".

The Certificates are issued by CESI in Milan, Notified Body no. 0722.
All motors in the ATEX series are available in 2G (for gas) or 2GD (for gas and dust) versions.

Range of ATEX flameproof motors with brake


Version Frame Output range Brake Ventilation Operation Temp. Maximum Motor type
size class surface
temperature EEx-d EEx-de EEx-d EEx-de
[mm] [kW] (2G) (2GD) IIB IIB IIC IIC
Single speed, three phase 63 160 0.18 18.50 Integrated Unventilated IC410 S2, S4 40% T4 T 135C DB 30 DB 35 DC 30 DC 35
(2, 4, 6, 8 pole) 71 160 0.37 18.50 Integrated Self-vent. IC411 51, S9 T4 T 135C HB 30 HB 35 HC 30 HC 35
Single speed, three phase 180 225 22.00 43.00 External Unventilated IC410 S2, S4 40% T4 T 135C DB 30 DB 35 DC 30 DC 35
(4, 6, 8 pole)
Two speeds, three phase 63 160 0.15 15.00 Integrated Unventilated IC410 S2, S4 40% T4 T 135C DB 20 DB 25 DC 20 DC 25
(2/4, 4/8, pole) 71 160 0.20 15.00 Integrated Self-vent. IC411 51, S9 T4 T 135C HB 20 HB 25 HC 20 HC 25
for general purpose 180 225 15.00 40.00 External Unvent. IC410 S2, S4 40% T4 T 135C DB 20 DB 25 DC 20 DC 25
Motors for lifting*
Single speed, three phase 71 160 0.18 11.00 Integrated Unventilated IC410 S2, S4 40% T4 T 135C DB 50 DB 55 DC 50 DC 55
(6 pole) 71 160 0.18 11.00 Integrated Self-vent. IC411 S2, S4 40% T4 T 135C HB 50 HB 55 HC 50 HC 55
180 225 15.00 30.00 External Unventilated IC410 S2, S4 40% T4 T 135C DB 50 DB 55 DC 50 DC 55
Two speeds, three phase 71 160 0.06 7.50 Integrated Unventilated IC410 S2, S4 40% T4 T 135C DB 50 DB 55 DC 50 DC 55
(2/8, 4/12, 4/16, pole) 71 160 0.06 7.50 Integrated Self-vent. IC4111 S2, S4 40% T4 T 135C HB 50 HB 55 HC 50 HC 55
180 225 2.00 20.00 External Unventilated IC410 S2, S4 40% T4 T 135C DB 50 DB 55 DC 50 DC 55

* Polarities shown in this section are specifically referred to motors for use with high starting torques. For
alternative polarities please refer to general purpose motors.
For motors in DB and DC series frame size 90 and above are available with optional force ventilation, IC416.

Temperature Class upon request

Version T3 T5
(unventilated not included)

63 132 Same power as T4 Same power as T4 (*)


160 225 Same power as T4 Power lower than T4

*) For 2-speed motors: power lower than T4.

236
Main characteristics

Explosion-proof motors according to European standard CENELEC EN 50 014, EN 50 018 and EN 50


019 (for terminal box EEx-de)
European standards are acknowledged and adopted by the countries belonging to the CENELEC
(European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization) and accepted by almost all countries
worldwide.
2G motors for classified areas zone 1 and zone 2 (GAS).
Squirrel cage three-phase asynchronous motors.
Completely enclosed, IP55 frame with IP65 terminal box.
Dimensions to IEC 60072 standards.
Mounting options B3, B5, B35, B14, B34.
Power Supply 400V / 50Hz.
Class F insulation.
Noise level within 80 dB (A).

Terminal Box:
available both in a flameproof version, or in an increased safety version
large size
normally positioned on the side opposite the feet
rotating by 90 in 4 positions.
Motor frame and terminal box separated to avoid the transmission of explosions.
Winding cables connected to the terminal box by means of terminal blocks or by a flameproof sealing
device.
High protection against corrosion:
inside and outside poly-esther powder painting (minimum thickness 150 pm)
stainless steel nameplate
anticorrosion plated fasteners.
Highly resistant to impact:
frame, terminal box and cast iron endshields.
fan cover in sheet steel.
Low friction dust seals.
The conformity certificates also cover design characteristics that differ from the basic version, such as:
altitude over 1000m
modification of the rated voltage and rated frequency
power supply from an inverter
motor protection through temperature detectors
duty S1 to S9.

Main options

Main versions
2GD motors for areas classified as zone 21 and zone 22 (Dust).

Electrical variants
Non-standard voltages and frequencies (maximum voltage 690V).
Motors for tropical climates. Motors for low temperatures. Temperature rise below 80K.
Motors insulated to class H.
Motors with bimetallic detector, thermistor PTC or thermistor PT100.
Motors with anti-condensation heaters.
Motors with special electrical design.

Mechanical variants
Special flanges and shafts.
Double ended shafts.
Cable gland fitted to terminal box.
Terminal box with special cable entries.
Motors protection IP56 - IP65 - IP66.
Motors with condensation drainage valves.

237
Motors with special bearings (with sensors, insulated, oversized).
Motors with rain cap or sun shield.
Separate terminal box for auxiliary terminals.

Accessories
Motors suitable for frequency inverter drive.
Motors with encoder.
Motors with forced ventilation (from frame size 90).

Brake variants
Uninterrupted current brake
Positive brake (brakes if powered) with uninterrupted current.
Certificates
Motors according to R.I.Na., American Bureau of Shipping, Bureau Veritas, Det Norske Veritas,
Germanischer LLoyd, Korean Register of Shipping, LLoyd Register of Shipping, ... design

238
Nomenclature

239
2. Design features

Materials, painting and nameplate

Materials of the main components:

Serie DB - DC 63 + 160 Serie HB - HC 71 + 160 Serie DB - DC 180 + 225

Frame Endshields Terminal


Cast iron G200 (ISO 185) Cast iron G200 (ISO 185) Cast iron G200 (ISO 185)
box

Fan cover Rain cap --- Steel ---

Non sparking thermoplastic


Fan --- ---
material or aluminium

Shaft Steel C40 Steel C40 Steel C40

Squirrel cage in pressure cast Squirrel cage in pressure cast Squirrel cage in pressure cast
Rotor
aluminium aluminium aluminium

Winding Insulation class F or H Insulation class F or H Insulation class F or H


Bolts and screws Steel 8.8 zinced Steel 8.8 zinced Steel 8.8 zinced
Cable gland (on request) Brass or stainless steel Brass or stainless steel Brass or nickel-plated brass
Brake enclosure Cast iron Cast iron Cast iron - Aluminium
Brake terminal box --- --- Aluminium

Painting cycle and characteristics

Pre-treatment All components are cleaned and degreased; the parts


in cast iron and aluminium are sanded down
Dust paint on poly-esther resin base, polimerized in
Painting
oven at 200 C
Thickness Total 150 pm
Colour RAL 5010
Non-abrasive, elastic, insensitive to scratches,
Mechanical strength
resistant to impact
Corrosion resistance Highly resistant to water, water vapour, salt water
Good resistance in chemically aggressive
Chemical resistance
environments
Operating temperature -40 C +130 C

Nameplate The standard paint system with colour


RAL 5010, is an acid-protection for
heavy duty applications.
Upon request, special colours are
available by application of a final coat to
the standard paint.

The stainless steel nameplate is fitted on


the frame

240
Bearings system
Standard motors are fitted with double-shield radial ball bearings (pre-lubricated ZZ series) or other special
bearings on customer request.

Lubrication
The ZZ series bearings are lubricated for life and require no further lubrication.
Bearing Seal
In order to prevent dust and water penetration, a seal ring is fitted to the endshield on the driving and non-
driving ends.
These seal rings are highly resistant to vibrations, thermally stable, and resistant to mineral oils and diluted
acids.
Seals for media not listed above are available on request.

Types of bearings

Motor Bearings
Frame size Drive end Non-drive end

63 6202 ZZ 6202 ZZ
71 6203 ZZ 6203 ZZ
80 6204 ZZ 6204 ZZ
90 6205 ZZ 6205 ZZ
100 6206 ZZ 6206 ZZ
112 6306 ZZ 6306 ZZ
132 6308 ZZ C3 6308 ZZ C3
160 6309 ZZ C3 6309 ZZ C3
180 6310 ZZ C3 6310 ZZ C3
200 6312 ZZ C3 6312 ZZ C3
225 6313 ZZ C3 6313 ZZ C3

Bearing section

63 132 160 180 225

Ball bearings - Standard DE execution

241
Terminal box design

The standard design has four basic versions:


EEx-d IIB
EEx-d IIC
EEx-de IIB
EEx-de IIC

Other alternatives available depending on customer requirements, i.e. additional terminal box for auxiliary terminals.

Series DB - DC, HB - HC (63 112) motors Series DB - DC, HB - HC (112 160) motors

1- motor power supply terminal board


2 - brake power supply terminal board
3 - auxiliary power supply terminal board (optional)

Note: 112 frame size motors use both solutions

242
Series DB - DC (180 225) motors Brake PY

1- motor power supply terminals


2 - brake power supply terminals in a separate terminal box
3 - auxiliary power supply terminal board (optional)

Position of terminal box and cable entries

The terminal box is located on the upper part of the frame and
can be turned through 4 x 90.
For an horizontal mounted motor the cable entry is normally
located on the right side (looking at the driving-end).
Cable entry:
- standard position: 1
- special positions upon request: 2, 3, 4

Positioning of the cable entry, plan view

243
Construction details of brake
Series DB - DC (63 160) & HB - HC (71 160) motor brake

Construction method
Motors in these two series are built with an integrated brake and are considered as an all-single device,
consequently provided with a single ATEX certificate for both motor and brake.
The brake is enclosed in a special enclosure built with a EEx-d IIB or IIC protection type and a IP65 mechanical
protection.
The temperature class and maximum surface temperature are those of the motor.
The electro-magnet winding is encapsulated in resin which isolates it and provides mechanical protection.
The electro-magnet is available to supply three-phase voltage from 48V to 690V and the electrical connection
is made inside the terminal box.

Operation
The brake is made up of:
the magnet;
the counter-magnet (or mobile anchor) supported by three small columns where it can slide;
braking disk
toothed hub secured to the motor shaft.
When the coil is powered, the magnet attracts the mobile anchor which thus releases the braking disk so
the motor can rotate freely.
By removing voltage to the magnet, the springs push the mobile anchor against the braking disk. which, by
creating friction against the motor shield, locks the shaft rotation.
In rest conditions, when the brake is not powered, the motor remains locked.

Braking torque calibration


The motor is supplied with a ready-to-use calibrated brake.
Special calibration available on request.
This is carried out during the assembly phase before final testing.
On request, higher braking torques available than those listed in 2 D.

Integrated brake construction design

Standard technical features of the integrated brake


Frame size Brake model Static brake Air gap (+0.1 Type of work Number of Maximum Power
torque / 0) requested disks speed

o
[Nm] [mm] [ms] [n ] [min] [VA]
63 AC1 4 0.2 20 1 3600 40
71 MEC 63 9 0.3 25 1 3600 50
80 T80 17 0.3 30 1 3600 60
90 MEC 80 35 0.3 40 1 3600 140
100 MEC 90 ( ) 48 0.3 40 1 3600 180
112 MEC 100 ( ) 70 0.3 45 1 3600 250
132 MEC 110 ( ) 160 0.5 90 2( ) 3600 400
160 T140 130 0.3 100 1 3600 480

( ) 2 braking disks available on request


( ) With a single disk, the torque is halved

244
Manual release
DB - DC & HB - HC series flameproof motors with brake can be supplied on request with hand release lever for
the brake.
Pressure is applied on the release mechanism which moves the mobile armature, freeing the motor's
shaft.
When releasing pressure on the mechanism the brake automatically returns to the fail safe position.

Variants
On request, motors can be supplied with single-phase power supply brakes between 110V and 400V. This
version is only available in the s EEx-d version, the terminal box contains a rectifier.
supplied with uninterrupted current between 24V and 260V.
positive braking-when power is applied the brake activities and locks on.
With the power supply off the brake is not energized and the motor shaft rotates freely.
The positive brake is available only with D.C. current for motors with 71 100 axis height.

DB - DC (180 225)

Construction method
This series is made by combining an ATEX flameproof motor with an external brake, which comes with its own
ATEX certificate consistent with the one of the motor.
The active part of the brake is housed in its own flameproof enclosure built with EEx-d IIB or IIC protection
type and IP65 mechanical protection.
The brake choice is made so that the enclosure group and the temperature class or maximum surface
temperature are compatible with those of the motor.
The brake is provided with its own terminal box and must be powered with its own line.
The power supply must only be three-phase single voltage.
Series DB - DC motors with brake can operate horizontally.
Vertical application can be considered on request.

Operation
The brake is made up of:
- the magnet;
- the counter-magnet (or mobile anchor);
braking disks;
toothed hub;
friction disks;
- adjustment ring nut.
When the coil is on, the magnet attracts the mobile anchor which
thus releases the braking disk so the motor can rotate freely.
By removing voltage to the magnet, the springs push the mobile
anchor against the braking disk.
In rest conditions, when the brake is not powered, the motor
remains locked.

Braking torque calibration


The motor is supplied with a ready-to-use calibrated brake.
A customer with special application needs, can request a special
calibration which is carried out during the assembly phase External brake construction design
before final testing.
Features are listed in the chart.

Manual release
Not available with this series of motors.

Certifications
The conformity certificate to the ATEX (94/9/CE) Directive on
brakes combined with DB - DC motors is issued by the INERIS
(Notified Body No. 0080) with the following number: 03 ATEX
0022.

245
Standard technical features of the external brake
Brake Static Air gap Type of work Number of Maximum Power
model brake (+0.1 / 0) requested disks speed
torque
[Nm] [mm] [ms] [no] [min] [VA]
PY2 A* 50 0.2 60 1 3000 395
PY2 B* 80 0.3 60 2 3000 395
PY2 C* 120 0.3 60 3 3000 395
PY3 A* 160 0.3 80 1 3000 670
PY3 B 250 0.3 80 2 3000 670
PY3 C 320 0.3 80 3 3000 670
* available on request

3. Electrical design

Motor and brake connecting diagrams

Connection to motor

Three-phase motors, single speed

- Delta connection - High speed connection - High speed connection

- Low speed connection - Low speed connection


Y - Star connection

Brake connection with separate power supply

Three-phase A.C. brake


Motor power supply line = L1, L2, L3

Brake power supply line = L4, L5, L6

The rotation direction is reversible by inverting the


two phases.

Other connection diagrams between motor and brake are available, including a single power supply for motor and brake, a
single power supply on the same terminal board.
Connection diagrams that provide single-phase or D.C. power supply are also available.

246
Permissible starts per hour

The number of permitted starts per hour of intermittent running motors is determined by the duty type and characteristics
of the load, and particularly by the moment of inertia.

The moment of inertia actually determines the time required to start and stop the motor along with the
temperature that the motor and brakle will reach during operation.
The nameplate always provides information on the duty type, number of starts and moment of inertia of the
load.

A lists the number of permissible start per hour with reference to motors in S4 service with an operating time equal
to 40%.
A feasibility study is generally required for duty types or moment of inertia different from those listed in the
table.

Rated
Permissible starts per hour with PTC [1/h]
power
[kW] 2 pole 4 pole 6 pole 8 pole
FI=1.5 FI=2 FI=3 FI=4 FI=1.5 FI=2 FI=3 FI=4 Fl=1.5 FI=2 FI=3 FI=4 FI=1.5 FI=2 FI=3 FI=4
0.05 - - - - - - - - - - - - 830 670 550 440
0.09 - - - - - - - - 420 360 290 240 - - - -
0.12 - - - - 310 270 220 180 - - - - - - - -
0.15 - - - - - - - - - - - - 830 670 550 440
0.18 270 230 190 150 310 270 220 180 420 360 290 240 830 670 550 440
0.25 240 210 170 150 270 240 200 160 380 320 260 210 740 600 490 390
0.37 240 210 170 130 270 240 200 160 380 320 260 210 740 600 490 390
0.55 230 190 160 130 260 230 180 150 350 300 240 200 690 560 460 370
0.75 280 240 190 120 320 280 220 150 440 370 290 200 860 690 560 370
1.10 170 150 120 120 200 170 150 120 270 230 190 160 530 430 360 300
1.50 170 150 120 100 200 180 150 120 270 240 190 160 530 440 360 300
2.20 160 140 120 100 180 160 140 120 240 210 180 160 470 400 350 300
3.00 120 110 90 100 130 120 110 90 180 160 140 120 340 300 260 220
4.00 120 110 90 80 130 120 110 90 180 160 140 120 340 300 260 220
5.50 90 80 60 80 100 90 70 60 130 12C 100 80 260 220 180 150
7.50 90 80 60 50 100 90 70 60 130 12C 100 80 260 210 180 150
8.80 - - - - 100 90 70 60 - - - - - - - -
9.20 90 80 60 50 - - - - - - - - - - - -
11.00 90 80 60 50 100 90 70 60 120 12J 100 80 260 180 150
15.00 90 80 60 50 100 90 70 60 120 123 100 80 260 180 150
18.50 70 60 50 40 80 70 60 50 100 100 80 70 220 150 121
22.00 70 60 50 40 80 70 60 50 100 100 80 70 220 150 130
30.00 70 60 50 40 80 70 60 50 100 103 80 70 - - - -
37.00 60 50 50 40 70 60 50 40 - - - - - - - -
45.00 60 50 40 40 70 60 50 40 - - - - - - - -

247
4. Performance data
4 Poles, 1500 r.p.m., 400 V, 50 Hz
Rated Speed Current Efficiency Power Torque Starting Starting Max. Sound Moment Mass Brake CESI Certificates Class T
Motor type
output factor current torque torque pressure of inertia
Torque Power

IIB IIC PN n In cos Mn Ia/In Ma/Mn M a/Mn Lp J m [Nm] [VA] IIB IIC

EEx-de EEx-de [kW] [rpm] [A] [%] [Nm] [dB(A)] [kgm2] [kg]

DB35 63 A 4 DC35 63 A 4 0.12 1380 0.62 58 0.55 0.9 2.9 2.3 2.5 45 0.00025 22 4 40 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

DB35 63 B 4 DC35 63 B 4 0.18 1340 0.67 59 0.65 1.3 2.4 2.3 2.5 45 0.00025 22 4 40 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 71 A 4 (HC) DC35 71 A 4 0.25 1380 0.77 65 0.71 1.8 3.1 2.2 2.6 49 0.00102 29 9 50 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 71 B 4 (HC) DC35 71 B 4 0.37 1380 1.10 69 0.72 2.6 3.5 2.2 2.7 49 0.00132 29 9 50 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 80 A 4 (HC) DC35 80 A 4 0.55 1380 1.60 70 0.71 3.8 4.0 2.3 2.5 52 0.00170 36 17 60 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 80 B 4 (HC) DC35 80 B 4 0.75 1400 2.00 77 0.70 5.1 4.0 2.3 2.6 52 0.00210 36 17 60 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 90 S 4 (HC) DC35 90 S 4 1.10 1405 2.80 79 0.74 7.5 4.0 2.0 2.4 58 0.00310 52 35 140 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 90 L 4 (HC) DC35 90 L 4 1.50 1420 3.60 76 0.79 10.2 4.8 2.3 2.5 58 0.00370 52 35 140 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 100 LA 4 (HC) DC35 100 LA 4 2.20 1420 5.10 76 0.82 14.8 5.9 2.5 2.7 61 0.00562 62 48 180 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 100 LB 4 (HC) DC35 100 LB 4 3.00 1430 6.90 85 0.74 20.0 6.5 2.6 2.9 61 0.00662 62 48 180 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 112 M 4 (HC) DC35 112 M 4 4.00 1440 8.20 86 0.83 26.5 5.5 2.1 2.9 64 0.01249 100 70 250 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 132 SB 4 (HC) DC35 132 SB 4 5.50 1455 11.60 88 0.78 36.2 6.2 2.4 2.8 68 0.03316 134 90 400 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 132 MB 4 (HC) DC35 132 MB 4 7.50 1450 16.50 85 0.77 49.4 6.7 2.5 3.4 68 0.04056 134 90 400 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 132 ML 4 (HC) DC35 132 ML 4 8.80 1455 18.50 87 0.79 57.8 6.8 2.5 3.5 68 0.04866 134 90 400 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 160 MB 4 (HC) DC35 160 MB 4 11.00 1470 23.00 89 0.78 71.9 5.6 2.5 3.0 70 0.06771 217 130 480 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 160 L 4 (HC) DC35 160 L 4 15.00 1470 30.00 92 0.79 97.4 5.9 2.5 3.0 70 0.08511 217 130 480 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

DB35 180 M 4 DC35 180 M 4 18.50 1470 39.30 90 0.75 120.2 6.1 3.2 3.0 71 0.17900 280 250 670 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

DB35 180 L 4 DC35 180 L 4 22.00 1470 44.00 92 0.78 143.9 7.0 2.3 2.3 71 0.20080 280 250 670 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

DB35 200 LB 4 DC35 200 LB 4 30.00 1470 54.00 95 0.85 196.2 6.6 2.7 2.9 73 0.29560 355 320 670 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

DB35 225 S 4 DC35 225 S 4 37.00 1480 70.00 94 0.81 239.5 7.0 2.7 3.0 74 0.42820 400 320 670 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

DB35 225 M 4 DC35 225 M 4 45.00 1480 82.00 95 0.83 290.4 6.1 2.4 2.7 74 0.49710 450 320 670 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

248
6 Poles, 1000 r.p.m., 400 V, 50 Hz
Rated Speed Current Efficiency Power Torque Starting Starting Max. Sound Moment Mass Brake CESI Certificates Class T
Motor type
output factor current torque torque pressure of inertia
Torque Power

IIB IIC PN n In cos Mn Ia/In Ma/Mn M a/Mn Lp J m [Nm] [VA] IIB IIC

EEx-de EEx-de [kW] [rpm] [A] [%] [Nm] [dB(A)] [kgm2] [kg]

DB35 63 B 6 DC35 63 B 6 0.09 860 0.65 38 0.52 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.9 42 0.00025 22 4 40 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 71 A 6 (HC) DC35 71 A 6 0.18 930 1.10 51 0.58 1.8 2.2 2.0 1.8 48 0.00112 29 9 50 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 71 B 6 (HC) DC35 71 B 6 0.26 925 1.20 56 0.58 2.8 2.3 2.0 1.8 48 0.00142 29 9 50 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 80 A 6 (HC) DC35 80 A 6 0.37 930 1.10 57 0.58 3.8 3.1 2.9 3.2 49 0.00300 36 17 60 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 80 B 6 (HC) DC35 80 B 6 0.55 930 1.80 70 0.65 5.6 2.8 2.0 2.1 49 0.00350 36 17 60 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 90 S 6 (HC) DC35 90 S 6 0.75 910 2.20 70 0.71 7.8 3.0 1.8 2.1 53 0.00450 52 35 140 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 90 L 6 (HC) DC35 90 L 6 1.10 935 3.20 86 0.59 11.2 3.4 2.0 2.2 53 0.00600 52 35 140 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 100 LB 6 (HC) DC35 100 LB 6 1.50 950 3.80 76 0.75 15.1 3.8 1.7 2.1 55 0.01012 62 48 180 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 112 M 6 (HC) DC35 112 M 6 2.20 960 5.50 81 0.71 22.3 4.7 1.8 2.1 57 0.01939 100 70 250 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 132 SB 6 (HC) DC35 132 SB 6 3.00 950 8.50 71 0.72 30.2 4.6 1.7 2.1 60 0.04046 134 90 400 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 132 MB 6 (HC) DC35 132 MB 6 4.00 970 9.50 81 0.75 39.4 4.6 1.7 2.1 60 0.04766 134 90 400 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 132 ML 6 (HC) DC35 132 ML 6 5.50 960 12.00 86 0.77 54.7 4.7 1.8 2.2 60 0.05876 134 90 400 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 160 MB 6 (HC) DC35 160 MB 6 7.50 950 16.00 84 0.81 75.4 4.6 1.8 2.4 64 0.09691 217 130 480 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 160 L 6 (HC) DC35 160 L 6 11.00 950 23.00 81 0.85 110.6 4.7 1.7 2.3 64 0.12681 217 130 480 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

DB35 180 L 6 DC35 180 L 6 15.00 960 28.50 88 0.86 149.2 5.2 1.7 2.2 67 0.25870 280 250 670 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

DB35 200 LA 6 DC35 200 LA 6 18.50 975 38.20 91 0.77 182.1 5.9 1.6 2.1 69 0.35060 355 320 670 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

DB35 200 LB 6 DC35 200 LB 6 22.00 980 43.80 92 0.78 215.5 6.2 1.6 2.1 69 0.40230 355 320 670 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

DB35 225 M 6 DC35 225 M 4 30.00 985 60.50 92 0.78 290.8 6.5 2.1 2.6 70 0.74850 450 320 670 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

249
8 Poles, 750 r.p.m., 400 V, 50 Hz
Rated Speed Current Efficiency Power Torque Starting Starting Max. Sound Moment Mass Brake CESI Certificates Class T
Motor type
output factor current torque torque pressure of inertia
Torque Power

IIB IIC PN n In cos Mn Ia/In Ma/Mn Mm/Mn Lp J m [Nm] [VA] IIB IIC

EEx-de EEx-de [kW] [rpm] [A] [%] [Nm] [dB(A)] [kgm2] [kg]

DB35 63 B 8 DC35 63 B 8 0.05 590 0.44 27 0.60 0.8 2.0 1.6 1.8 40 0.00025 22 4 40 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 71 B 8 (HC) DC35 71 B 8 0.15 600 0.57 51 0.75 2.4 2.0 1.3 1.5 40 0.00142 29 9 50 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 80 A 8 (HC) DC35 80 A 8 0.18 680 0.86 52 0.58 2.5 2.0 1.4 1.7 42 0.00300 36 17 60 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 80 B 8 (HC) DC35 80 B 8 0.25 690 1.00 60 0.60 3.5 2.3 1.4 1.7 42 0.00350 36 17 60 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 90 S 8 (HC) DC35 90 S 8 0.37 680 1.30 75 0.55 5.2 2.2 1.5 1.8 50 0.00450 52 35 140 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 90 L 8 (HC) DC35 90 L 8 0.55 680 1.90 80 0.52 7.7 2.1 1.5 1.8 50 0.00600 52 35 140 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 100 LA 8 (HC) DC35 100 LA 8 0.75 720 2.90 67 0.56 9.9 3.4 2.0 2.2 52 0.01012 62 48 180 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 100 LB 8 (HC) DC35 100 LB 8 1.10 675 3.10 75 0.68 15.6 2.7 1.8 2.2 52 0.01012 62 48 18 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

(HB) DB35 112 M 8 (HC) DC35 112 M 8 1.50 715 4.40 76 0.65 20.0 4.1 1.9 2.2 54 0.01939 100 70 250 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 132 SB 8 (HC) DC35 132 SB 8 2.20 720 6.50 75 0.67 30.0 3.9 1.8 2.3 58 0.04046 134 90 400 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 132 ML 8 (HC) DC35 132 ML 8 3.00 720 8.00 75 0.72 39.8 4.1 1.8 2.3 58 0.05876 134 90 400 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 160 MA 8 (HC) DC35 160 MA 8 4.00 730 10.50 74 0.74 52.3 4.0 2.0 2.6 62 0.09691 217 130 480 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 160 MB 8 (HC) DC35 160 MB 8 5.50 725 13.50 76 0.77 72.4 4.1 2.2 2.7 62 0.09691 217 130 480 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

(HB) DB35 160 L 8 (HC) DC35 160 L 8 7.50 720 17.50 80 0.77 99.5 4.3 2.4 2.8 62 0.12681 217 130 480 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

DB35 180 L 8 DC35 180 L 8 11.00 720 23.00 87 0.79 145.9 5.0 2.2 2.4 64 0.25870 280 250 670 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

DB35 200 LB 8 DC35 200 LB 8 15.00 735 35.20 89 0.70 196.2 5.3 1.6 2.1 65 0.40230 355 320 670 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

DB35 225 S 8 DC35 225 S 8 18.50 730 38.50 88 0.79 242.0 5.0 2.1 2.2 68 0.74850 400 320 670 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

DB35 225 M 8 DC35 225 M 8 22.00 730 45.50 88 0.79 287.8 5.0 2.1 2.3 68 0.74850 450 320 670 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

250
2/8 Poles, 3000/750 r.p.m., 400 V, 50 Hz
Rated Speed Current Efficiency Power Torque Starting Starting Sound Moment Mass Brake CESI Certificates Class T
Motor type
output factor current torque pressure of inertia
Torque Power

IIB IIC PN n In cos Mn Ia/In Ma/Mn Lp J m [Nm] [VA] IIB IIC

EEx-de EEx-de [kW] [rpm] [A] [%] [Nm] [dB(A)] [kgm2] [kg]

(HB) DB55 71 B 28 (HC) DC35 71 B 28 0.30 2850 1.50 38 0.75 0.99 3.5 2.0 65 0.0009 29 9 50 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

0.06 670 0.57 21 0.68 0.81 1.6 1.4

(HB) DB55 80 A 28 (HC) DC35 80 A 28 0.40 2905 1.50 41 0.86 1.10 5.5 2.0 55 0.0009 35 17 60 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

0.10 685 0.85 26 0.58 1.20 1.9 1.2

(HB) DB55 80 B 28 (HC) DC35 80 B 28 0.55 2895 1.80 55 0.82 1.83 4.5 2.0 67 0.0013 35 17 60 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

0.12 670 1.10 29 0.59 1.78 1.3 1.2

(HB) DB55 90 S 28 (HC) DC35 90 S 28 0.75 2860 2.50 67 0.79 2.50 4.9 2.1 70 0.0020 50 35 140 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

0.18 690 1.50 30 0.58 2.50 2.7 2.0

(HB) DB55 90 L 28 (HC) DC35 90 L 28 1.10 2880 2.50 71 0.89 3.65 4.7 1.8 70 0.0026 50 35 140 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

0.30 680 1.45 38 0.65 3.50 2.5 1.5

(HB) DB55 100 LA 28 (HC) DC35 100 LA 28 1.30 2960 3.60 71 0.78 4.30 8.6 3.7 73 0.0043 60 48 180 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

0.33 735 2.58 48 0.39 4.10 3.0 3.6

(HB) DB55 100 LB 28 (HC) DC35 100 LB 28 1.50 2930 4.00 70 0.78 4.90 6.1 2.5 74 0.0053 60 48 180 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

0.37 725 3.10 47 0.38 4.80 2.4 3.7

(HB) DB55 112 M 28 (HC) DC35 112 M 28 2.60 2950 5.50 86 0.81 8.51 8.3 2.6 74 0.0103 97 70 250 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

0.70 720 2.70 69 0.55 9.30 3.1 2.5

(HB) DB55 132 L 28 (HC) DC35 132 L 28 5.80 2935 12.95 75.6 0.90 18.90 7.0 2.2 75 0.2170 138 90 400 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

1.50 715 5.35 70.1 0.61 20.00 2.85 1.6

251
4/12 Poles, 1500/500 r.p.m., 400 V, 50 Hz
Rated Speed Current Efficiency Power Torque Starting Starting Sound Moment Mass Brake CESI Certificates Class T
Motor type
output factor current torque pressure of inertia
Torque Power

IIB IIC PN n In cos Mn Ia/In Ma/Mn Lp J m [Nm] [VA] IIB IIC

EEx-de EEx-de [kW] [rpm] [A] [%] [Nm] [dB(A)] [kgm2] [kg]

(HB) DB55 90 L 412 (HC) DC55 90 L 412 0.75 1455 2.16 73 0.69 4.90 4.95 1.6 70 0.2830 43 35 140 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

0.25 420 1.35 40 0.68 5.70 1.75 1.5

(HB) DB55 100 LB 412 (HC) DC55 100 LB 412 1.50 1460 5.05 61 0.68 9.83 4.4 2.5 61 0.4960 60 48 180 03 ATEX 111 03 ATEX 110 4

0.45 465 3.20 37 0.53 9.19 1.7 2.1

(HB) DB55 112 M 412 (HC) DC55 112 M 412 1.80 1475 6.85 61 0.60 11.66 6.5 3.0 60 0.094 98 70 250 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

0.60 470 3.70 43 0.53 12.14 2.25 1.6

252
4/16 Poles, 1500/375 r.p.m., 400 V, 50 Hz
Rated Speed Current Efficiency Power Torque Starting Starting Sound Moment Mass Brake CESI Certificates Class T
Motor type
output factor current torque pressure of inertia
Torque Power

IIB IIC PN n In cos Mn Ia/In Ma/Mn Lp J m [Nm] [VA] IIB IIC

EEx-de EEx-de [kW] [rpm] [A] [%] [Nm] [dB(A)] [kgm2] [kg]

(HB) DB55 132 M 416 (HC) DC55 132 M 416 3.50 1470 10.10 68 0.74 22.90 5.85 2.6 68 0.04866 134 90 400 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

0.88 345 5.68 48 0.48 24.60 1.7 1.6

(HB) DB55 132 L 416 (HC) DC55 132 L 416 4.00 1465 12.35 67 0.74 26.10 5.6 2.0 67 1.1860 138 90 400 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

1.00 335 6.60 47 0.49 28.60 1.75 1.25

(HB) DB55 160 L 416 (HC) DC55 160 L 416 7.50 1480 18.10 81 0.77 48.40 7.2 2.3 69 1.1860 217 130 480 03 ATEX 113 03 ATEX 112 4

1.90 358 10.05 63 0.45 50.70 2.2 1.5

DB55 180 M 416 DC55 180 M 416 8.00 1475 18.90 87 0.74 51.80 9.1 3.0 71 0.3750 510 400 140W 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

2.00 365 19.90 51 0.30 52.33 2.4 3.1

DB55 200 LA 416 DC55 200 LA 416 11.00 1490 24.00 89.3 0.74 70.40 9.45 3.5 72 3.3600 600 400 140W 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

2.80 365 18.70 56.9 0.37 71.80 1.7 2.0

DB55 225 S 416 DC55 225 S 416 15.00 1488 29.30 92.5 0.85 96.40 8.4 2.3 73 3.3600 650 400 140W 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

3.80 365 20.20 73.8 0.38 98.20 2.35 1.8

DB55 225 M 416 DC55 225 M 416 18.50 1488 36.50 90.3 0.86 118.70 7.3 2.0 73 3.3600 650 400 140W 02 ATEX 032 02 ATEX 033 4

4.70 364 23.30 74.2 0.41 122.10 1.8 1.2

253
5. Overall dimensions

Motors with integrated brake

IM B3

IM B5

IM B35

254
Overall dimensions [mm]

Type IM B5 IM B3-B35
0
A AA AB AC AD AF AL AL B BC BB C H -0.5 HA HD K L L1
63 100 25 125 134 174 145 93 93 80 12 105 40 63 6 237 7 310
71 112 32 140 167 184 145 106 106 90 11 112 45 71 7 255 7 370 415
80 125 37 160 180 195 145 142 142 100 15 130 50 80 8 275 9 425 470
90 S 140 45 175 210 204 145 124 124 100 12 157 56 90 9 294 9 505 550
90 L 140 45 175 210 204 145 124 124 125 12 157 56 90 9 294 9 505 550
100 160 45 200 232 215 145 125 125 140 15 170 63 100 10 315 12 540 590
112 190 45 235 258 231 205 200 165 140 17 175 70 112 12 343 12 610 670
132 S 216 56 272 311 258 205 193 163 140 22 222 89 132 13 390 12 650 720
132 ML 216 56 272 311 258 205 268 163 178 22 222 89 132 13 390 12 725 795
160 M 254 64 318 346 285 205 310 165 210 25 305 108 160 15 445 14 825 895
160 L 254 64 318 346 285 205 310 165 254 25 305 108 160 15 445 14 825 895

Type IEC 423


LM AO n. x O AG D E F GA GD DB LA M N P S T
63 25 1xM25 1xM20 96 11j6 23 4 12.5 4 M4 8 115 95j6 140 10 3
71 442 25 1xM25 1xM20 105 14j6 30 5 16 5 M5 10 130 110j6 160 10 3.5
80 495 25 1xM25 1xM20 116 19j6 40 6 21.5 6 M6 11 165 130j6 200 12 3.5
90 S 575 25 1xM25 1xM20 125 24j6 50 8 27 7 M8 11 165 130j6 200 12 3.5
90 L 575 25 1xM25 1xM20 125 24j6 50 8 27 7 M8 11 165 130j6 200 12 3.5
100 620 25 1xM25 1xM20 135 28j6 60 8 31 7 M10 14 215 180j6 250 15 4
112 710 35 2xM32 1xM20 147 28j6 60 8 31 7 M10 16 215 180j6 250 15 4
132 S 770 35 2xM32 1xM20 164 38k6 80 10 41 8 M12 17 265 230j6 300 15 4
132 ML 845 35 2xM32 1xM20 164 38k6 80 10 41 8 M12 17 265 230j6 300 15 4
160 M 940 35 2xM32 1xM20 207 42k6 110 12 45 8 M16 18 300 250h6 350 18 5
160 L 940 35 2xM32 1xM20 207 42k6 110 12 45 8 M16 18 300 250h6 350 18 5

Version DB, DC Version HB, HC 1 in the terminal box, 1 on the frame Tolerances allowed


rain cover: normally found only on self-ventilating motors (IC411) for vertical assembly, shaft at the bottom

255
Motors with integrated brake

IM B14

IM B34

256
Overall dimensions [mm]

Type IM B5 IM B14 B34


0
A AA AB AC AD AF AL AL B BC BB C H -0.5 HA HD K L L1
63 100 25 125 134 174 145 93 93 80 12 105 40 63 6 237 7 310
71 112 32 140 167 184 145 106 106 90 11 112 45 71 7 255 7 370 415
80 125 37 160 180 195 145 142 142 100 15 130 50 80 8 275 9 425 470
90 S 140 45 175 210 204 145 124 124 100 12 157 56 90 9 294 9 505 550
90 L 140 45 175 210 204 145 124 124 125 12 157 56 90 9 294 9 505 550
100 160 45 200 232 215 145 125 125 140 15 170 63 100 10 315 12 540 590
112 190 45 235 258 231 205 200 165 140 17 175 70 112 12 343 12 610 670
132 S 216 56 272 311 258 205 193 163 140 22 222 89 132 13 390 12 650 720
132 ML 216 56 272 311 258 205 268 163 178 22 222 89 132 13 390 12 725 795
160 M 254 64 318 346 285 205 310 165 210 25 305 108 160 15 445 14 825 895
160 L 254 64 318 346 285 205 310 165 254 25 305 108 160 15 445 14 825 895

Type IEC 423


LM AO n. x O AG D E F GA GD DB M N P S T
63 25 1xM25 1xM20 96 11j6 23 4 12.5 4 M4 75 60j6 90 M5 2.5
71 442 25 1xM25 1xM20 105 14j6 30 5 16 5 M5 85 70j6 105 M6 2.5
80 495 25 1xM25 1xM20 116 19j6 40 6 21.5 6 M6 100 80j6 120 M6 3
90 S 575 25 1xM25 1xM20 125 24j6 50 8 27 7 M8 115 95j6 140 M8 3
90 L 575 25 1xM25 1xM20 125 24j6 50 8 27 7 M8 115 95j6 140 M8 3
100 620 25 1xM25 1xM20 135 28j6 60 8 31 7 M10 130 110j6 160 M8 3.5
112 710 35 2xM32 1xM20 147 28j6 60 8 31 7 M10 130 110j6 160 M8 3.5
132 S 770 35 2xM32 1xM20 164 38k6 80 10 41 8 M12 165 130j6 200 M10 3.5
132 ML 845 35 2xM32 1xM20 164 38k6 80 10 41 8 M12 165 130j6 200 M10 3.5
160 M 940 35 2xM32 1xM20 207 42k6 110 12 45 8 M16 215 180h6 250 M12 4
160 L 940 35 2xM32 1xM20 207 42k6 110 12 45 8 M16 215 180h6 250 M12 4

Version DB, DC Version HB, HC 1 in the terminal box, 1 on the frame Tolerances allowed


rain cover: normally found only on self-ventilating motors (IC411) for vertical assembly, shaft at the bottom

257
Motors with external brake

IM B3

IM B5

IM B35

180-225 225

8 holes

258
Overall dimensions [mm]

Type
0
A AA AB AC AD AF AL B BC BB C H -0.5 HA HD K L LL
180 M 279 71 350 360 326 228 212 241 25 329 121 180 25 506 14 861 49
180 L 279 71 360 359 326 228 212 279 25 329 121 180 25 506 14 750 49
200 318 75 395 395 341 228 232 305 32 360 133 200 28 541 18 910 43
225 S 356 75 445 445 363 228 244 286 35 380 149 225 30 588 18 943 38
225 M 4-8 356 75 431 445 363 228 244 311 35 380 149 225 30 588 18 880 38

Type IEC 423

AO n. x O n. x 01 AG D E F GA GD DB LA M N P S T
180 M 40 2xM40 1xM20 265 48k6 110 14 51.5 9 M16 20 300 250h6 350 18 5
180 L 40 2xM40 1xM20 265 48k6 110 14 51.5 9 M16 20 300 250h6 350 18 5
200 40 2xM40 1xM20 281 55m6 110 16 59 10 M20 20 350 300h6 400 18 5
225 S 40 2xM40 1xM20 302 60m6 140 18 64 11 M20 22 400 350h6 450 18 5
225 M 4-8 40 2xM40 1xM20 302 65m6 140 18 64 11 M20 22 400 350h6 450 18 5

1 in the terminal box, 1 on the frame Tolerances allowed

259
Motors with integrated brake DB, DC 63160

63 132

160

260
Spare parts

GB
1 End cap - front 10 Stator 31 Mobil armature
(2) Grease nipple - front 11 Frame 32 Braking disks
3 Front bearing 17 Shaft 35 Magnet
4 Terminal box 18 Sealing ring - front 37 Gear
6 Terminal box lid 20 Endshield - front 39 Brake cover enclosure
7 Terminal board 22 Inner bearing cap - front
8 Cable nipple 25 Rear bearing
9 Rotor 29 Brake holder back shield
() = when provided

261
Motors with integrated brake HB, HC 71160

71 132

160

262
Spare parts

GB
1 End cap - front 11 Frame (28) Rain cap
(2) Grease nipple - front 16 Fan cover (cowl) 29 Brake holder back shield
3 Front bearing 17 Shaft 31 Mobil armature
4 Terminal box 18 Sealing ring - front 32 Braking disks
6 Terminal box lid 20 Endshield - front 35 Magnet
7 Terminal board 22 Inner bearing cap - front 37 Gear
8 Cable nipple 25 Rear bearing 39 Brake cover enclosure
9 Rotor 26 Sealing ring - rear
10 Stator 27 Cooling fan () = when provided

263
Motors with external brake

180 225

264
Spare parts

GB
3 Front bearing 11 Frame 31 Mobil armature
4 Terminal box 17 Shaft 32 Braking disks
(5) Auxiliary connections 18 Sealing ring - front 33 Friction disk
6 Terminal box lid 20 Endshield - front 34 Ring nut
7 Terminal board 25 Rear bearing 35 Magnet
8 Cable nipple 26 Sealing ring - rear 36 Hub
9 Rotor 29 Brake holder back shield 38 Brake cover
10 Stator 30 Brake enclosure
() = when provided

265
Hoist
DM Hoist
CH Chain Hoist

266
DM Hoist
FDM 3 - FDM 5 - FDM 10 - FDM 20
EKDM 3 - EKDM 5 - EKDM 10
EUDM 3 - EUDM 5 - EUDM 10

267
DM rope hoist
Stationary / Low-headroom monorail hoist
FDM 3 - FDM 5 - FDM 10 - FDM 20 (Type 1)

EKDM 3 - EKDM 5 - EKDM 10 (Type 1)

268
Design overview

269
Selection criteria
The size of the hoist is determined by 1. What are the operating conditions? 5. Do the loads need to be lifted and
the load spectrum, average operating 2. What is the special safe working load? lowered with high precisions?
time per working day, SWL and 3. To what height must the load be lifted? 6. Is horizontal load travel necessary?
reeving. 4. What is the required lifting speed? 7. How is the hoist to be controlled?
The load spectrum
(In most cases estimated) can be The group is determined from the operating time and load spectrum
evaluated in accordance with the
following definitions: Load spectrum Average operating time per day in hours

1 Light 1 Light 4-8 8-16 Over 16


Hoist units which are usually subject
to very small loads and in exceptional 2 Medium 2-4 4-8 8-16
cases only to maximum loads
3 Heavy 1-2 2-4 4-8

4 Very heavy 0.5-1 1-2 2-4


Small partial load
FEM 2m 3m 4m
Small dead load Group of
SWL

mechanism to
ISO M5 M6 M7
Operating time
2 Medium Group of mechanism
1Am/M4 2m/M5 1Am/M4 2m/M5
Hoist units which are usually subject FEM/ ISO 1)
to small loads but rather often to Rope reeving arrangement 2/1 4/1
maximum loads
Range SWL in t
Heavy partial load
DM 3 - 1.6 - 3.2
Medium partial load
Medium dead load DM 5 3.2 - 6.3 -
SWL

DM 10 6.3 - 12.5 -
Operating time DM 20 12.5 - 25.0 -

3 Heavy Example
Hoist units which are usually subject
to medium loads but frequently to SWL 3.2t
maximum loads.
Load spectrum medium from table
Hoist speed 4.5 m/min
Heavy dead load
Creep hoist speed 1.13 m/min
SWL

Reeving 4/1
Average hook path 3m
Operating time
No. of cycles/hour 20
4 Very heavy Working time/day 8 hours
Hoist units which are usually subject
to maximum or almost maximum The average operating time per working day is estimated or calculated as follows:
loads.
Very heavy dead load 2 X average hook path X no. of cycles/h X working time/day
Operating time/day =
60 X lifting speed
2 X 3 X 20 X 8
SWL

Operating time/day = = 3.56 hours


60 X 4.5
Operating time
For the medium load spectrum and an average daily operating time of 3.56 hours, the
table shows group 2m. For a load capacity of 3.2t and 4/1 rope reeving, the table
indicates hoist size DM3-3.2
Selection table
SWL Hook path Lifting speed m/min SWL Hook path Lifting speed m/min
Group of mechanism to
Range t m V1 t m V1
FEM/ISO
2/1 4/1

DM 3 2m/M5 1.6 20 9/2.25 3.2 10 4.5/1.13


DM 5 1Am/M4 3.2 20 9/2.25 6.3 10 4.5/1.13
DM 10 1Am/M4 6.3 20 8.0/2.0 12.5 10 4.0/1.0
DM 20 1Am/M4 12.5 24 6.0/1.5 25 12 3.0/0.75
1) Gearbox service life 20% above the FEM value
270
&,/
5$ *-
,55$-#.20
9 &,,86#$
> &,/
5$ ,$ ,- *-
,55$-#.20 ,$
,-
/
'2 = <22.2 ,$
,-6,72- 5622;
8: /
3 6,72- 89 /
3 6,72-89
89 /
3

!
" #$ %&'
)
!
( (
" #$ %&'

!
) "
" #$ %&'

!
"
" #$ %&'
)
!
" ( (
% #$ %&'

!
"
" #$ %&'
)
!
( (
" #$ %&'

!
) *
% #$ %&'

!
" ( (
% #$ %&'
)
!
*
% #$ %&'

% !
*
%" #$ %&'
)
% !
* ( (
%" #$ %&'

% !
)
%" #$ %&'

% !
) ( (
%" #$ %&'

% !
* ( (
%" #$ %&'

% !
) ( (
%" #$ %&'

( ( ( (

( ( ( (
+
)

% ( ( ( (
+

% ( ( ( (
+
)

% ( ( ( (
+

% ( ( ( (

) % ( ( ( (

( ( ( (
+

) ( ( ( (
+

) ( ( ( (
+

+ ,$
,-#.#/
0#10
2/3 " ,30
4

271
DM hoist designation

EK DM 3 - 3.2 - 4/1 - 10 - X - 4.5/1.13 - 400 - 00 - 50 - 20 - 300 - T1


T1 - short hook approach
T2 - long hook approach
Flange width of girder (mm)
EK & EU version - cross travel speed (m/min)
Frequency (Hz)
Electrical equipment code - 00
Operating voltage (V)
Hoisting speed in m/min
X = explosion proof
Hook path in m
Reeving
SWL in t
Range 3; 5; 10; 20
MHE rope hoist

K = Low-headroom monorail hoist


U = Standard headroom monorail hoist
F = Foot mount (stationary)
E = Electric travel trolley

Execution possibilities

Standard
II 2G ck Ex de IIB T3 - for ambient temperatures up to 50 degC
II 2G ck Ex de IIB T4 - for ambient temperatures up to 40 degC

Special
II 2G ck Ex de IIC T3 - for ambient temperatures up to 50 degC
II 2G ck Ex de IIC T4 - for ambient temperatures up to 40 degC

2G ck Ex de T3

Temperature class - Maximum surface temp. T3 = 200 degC


Temperature class - Maximum surface temp. T4 = 135 degC
Apparatus grouping - dependant on type of gases present

Type of protection for electrical control boxes


''d' = flameproof ; 'e' = increased-safety
Note: Motors, brakes, electrical accessories = 'd' flameproof protection only

Explosion-Protection marking
Type of protection for non-electrical equipment
'c' = protection by constructional safety ; 'k' = protection by liquid immersion

Type of Explosive Atmosphere: G = gas, vapour and mist


Category : 2 = for Zone 1 (applicable for Zone 2 also)
Equipment group: II (for equipment other than mines)

272
FDM 3 foot hoist - 2/1 Mounting position B

FDM 3 dimensions in mm

H20
Rope drum
1 groove
Foot distance R 755.5
Hook travel n 280
Rope dia. D 7
Pitch P 7.8
Weight 1) [kg] 185
Rope weight [kg] 8.6

Group of mechanism 2m
C1 250
Dimension in mm C2 315
d2 2) 160
1) Weight data without rope and motor
2) In root of groove
273
FDM 3 foot hoist - 4/1 Mounting position B

FDM 3 dimensions in mm

H20
Rope drum
1 groove
Foot distance R 755.5
Hook travel n 140
Rope dia. D 7
Pitch P 7.8
Weight 1) [kg] 200
Rope weight [kg] 8.7

Group of mechanism 2m
C1 262
Dimension in mm C2 208
d2 2) 160
1) Weight data without rope and motor
2) In root of groove
274
EKDM 3 low-headroom monorail hoist

DETAIL A

Pay attention to girder height!


When using a cross travel limit switch,
min. girder web height 255 mm
The warm air rising from the brake
resistors for cross travel inverters
must be considered for project
engineering purposes
A minimum distance of 100 mm must
be maintained from the top edge of
Wheel load the hoist unit when a cross travel
inverter is used.

Reeving 2/1 4/1

SWL t 1,6 / 2m 3,2 / 2m

Hook path m 20 10

Flange width b mm 200 300 200 300


Max. wheel load in kg R1 1073 973 1590 1487
Thrust rocker 294 605
R2
R3 172 469

R4 1011 1521

R5 212 161 210 159

275
Rope hoist

Range EKDM 3
Reeving 2/1 4/1

Hook path m 20 10

m2 239 -

n2 283 -
Hook travel mm
m4 - 180

n4 - 142

Wheel base R mm 700 700

Flange width b mm 200 - 420

Cross travel speed m/min 5/20

Hook dimension C from girder running surface

Group of mechanism to Flange width b in mm 1)


Reeving
FEM/ISO 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420
2/1 530 545 560 575 590 600 615
2 m/M 5
4/1 490 470 450 430 410 390 405 420 435 450 465 480

Deadweight in kg

Hook path 20 10
Motor size
100 LXA 2/8 + VIS 90 482 505

276
FDM 5 foot hoist - 2/1 Mounting position B

FDM 5 dimensions in mm

H20
Rope drum
1 groove
Foot distance R 788.5
Hook travel n 298
Rope dia. D 9
Pitch P 10
Weight 1) [kg] 225
Rope weight [kg] 14.3

Group of mechanism 1Am


C1 300
Dimension in mm C2 318
d2 2) 180
1) Weight data without rope and motor
2) In root of groove
277
FDM 5 foot hoist - 4/1 Mounting position B

FDM 5 dimensions in mm

H20
Rope drum
1 groove
Foot distance R 788.5
Hook travel n 141
Rope dia. D 9
Pitch P 10
Weight 1) [kg] 270
Rope weight [kg] 14.6

Group of mechanism 1Am


C1 270
Dimension in mm C2 229
d2 2) 180
1) Weight data without rope and motor
2) In root of groove
278
EKDM 5 low-headroom monorail hoist

DETAIL A

Pay attention to girder height!


When using a cross travel limit switch,
min. girder web height 265 mm
The warm air rising from the brake
resistors for cross travel inverters
must be considered for project
engineering purposes
A minimum distance of 100 mm must
be maintained from the top edge of
the hoist unit when a cross travel
inverter is used.
Wheel load

Reeving 2/1 4/1

SWL t 3,2 / 1Am 6,3 / 1Am

Hook path m 20 10

Flange width b mm 200 300 200 300


Max. wheel load in kg R1 2193 1945 3146 2900
Thrust rocker
R2 622 1227

R3 393 987

R4 1845 2797

R5 340 243 340 243

279
Rope hoist

Range EKDM 5
Reeving 2/1 4/1

Hook path m 20 10

m2 250 -

n2 293 -
Hook travel mm
m4 - 169

n4 - 147

Wheel base R mm 730 730

Flange width b mm 200 - 420

Cross travel speed m/min 5/20

Hook dimension C from girder running surface

Group of mechanism to Flange width b in mm 1)


Reeving
FEM/ISO 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420
2/1 540 555 570 585 600 615 630
1Am/M 4
4/1 540 515 490 465 440 415 430 445 460 475 490 505

Deadweight in kg

Reeving 2/1 4/1

Hook path 20 10
Motor size

112 MB 2/8 + VIS 90 587 612

280
FDM 10 foot hoist - 2/1 Mounting position B

FDM 10 dimensions in mm

H20
Rope drum
1 groove
Foot distance R 923.5
Hook travel n 310
Rope dia. D 13
Pitch P 14
Weight 1) [kg] 390
Rope weight [kg] 30

Group of mechanism 1Am


C1 420
Dimension in mm C2 370
d2 2) 230
1) Weight data without rope and motor
2) In root of groove
281
FDM 10 foot hoist - 4/1 Mounting position B

FDM 10 dimensions in mm

H20
Rope drum
1 groove
Foot distance R 923.5
Hook travel n 157
Rope dia. D 13
Pitch P 14
Weight 1) [kg] 480
Rope weight [kg] 30

Group of mechanism 1Am


C1 318
Dimension in mm C2 272
d2 2) 230
1) Weight data without rope and motor
2) In root of groove
282
EKDM 10 low-headroom monorail hoist

DETAIL A

Pay attention to girder height!


When using a cross travel limit switch,
min. girder web height 290 mm
The warm air rising from the brake
resistors for cross travel inverters
must be considered for project
engineering purposes
A minimum distance of 100 mm must
be maintained from the top edge of
the hoist unit when a cross travel
inverter is used.

Wheel load

Reeving 2/1 4/1

SWL t 6,3 / 1Am 12,5 / 1Am

Hook path m 20 10

Flange width b mm 200 300 200 300


Thrust rocker Max. wheel load in kg R1 3979 3571 5829 5424
R2 1079 2340

R3 703 1938

R4 3264 5125

R5 573 411 573 411

283
Rope hoist

Range EKDM 10
Reeving 2/1 4/1 1)

Hook path m 20 10

m2 276 -

n2 328 -
Hook travel mm
m4 - 182

n4 - 165

Wheel base R mm 850 850

Flange width b mm 200 - 420

Cross travel speed m/min 5/20

Hook dimension C from girder running surface

Group of mechanism to Flange width b in mm 1)


Reeving
FEM/ISO 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420
2/1 650 670 690 710 730 750 770
1Am/M 4
4/1 650 625 600 575 550 525 550 575 600 625 650 675

Deadweight in kg

Reeving 2/1 4/1

Hook path 20 10
Motor size

132 MC 2/8 + VIS 112 872 933

284
FDM 20 foot hoist - 2/1 Mounting position B

The dimensions marked with * each increase by 84mm when a drum brake is fitted
FDM 20 dimensions in mm

H24
Rope drum
1 groove
Foot distance R 942
Hook travel n 329.5
Rope dia. D 18
Pitch P 19.5
Weight 1) [kg] 695
Rope weight [kg] 77

Group of mechanism 1Am


C1 450
Dimension in mm C2 564
d2 2) 365
1) Weight data without rope and motor
2) In root of groove
285
FDM 20 foot hoist - 4/1 Mounting position B

The dimensions marked with * each increase by 84mm when a drum brake is fitted
FDM 20 dimensions in mm

H24
Rope drum
1 groove
Foot distance R 942
Hook travel n 165
Rope dia. D 18
Pitch P 19.5
Weight 1) [kg] 695
Rope weight [kg] 80

Group of mechanism 1Am


C1 600
Dimension in mm C2 550
d2 2) 355
1) Weight data without rope and motor
2) In root of groove
286
Installation material

Mounting for FDM 3 to FDM 10

Dimension foot plate

DM 3 DM 5 DM 10

FDM 3 300 40 40 460


FDM 5 345 45 42.5 520
FDM 10 375 60 47.5 590
Foot flange/gearbox

Material Tightening torque


Screw
Strength Ma [Nm} 1)
M12 130
10.9
M16 330

1) Acc. to VDl Guideline 2230-10/1998; = 0.14; individual verification required in the event of deviations

287
Mounting for FDM 20

288
FDM 3 - 20 hoist bore hole templates

Dimension Drum length E AO AU AS B1 B2 M

FDM 3 H 20 715.5 150 202.5 300 40 40 M12 X 20

FDM 5 H 20 743.5 162.5 237.5 345 45 45 M16 X 30

FDM 10 H 20 863.5 175 260 375 60 60 M16 X 30

FDM 20 H 24 877 390 390 390 65 76 M16 X 50

289
Motor data for DM 3 - 20 with pole-changing hoist drives
Design is in accordance with the VDE regulations and the design rules of the FEM, to meet the high demands made on
electric hoists.
Main/creep lifting F4
DM 3 Motor data

Number of Hoist PN ED n IN IA
Motor size Starts/h cos N cos A
poles speed [kW] [%] (rpm) [A] [A]

8 9.0/2.25 ; 0.61 20 - 120 - - - -


100 LXA 2/8
2 4.5/1.13 2.5 40 - 240 - - - -

Main/creep lifting F4
DM 5 Motor data

Number of Hoist PN ED n IN IA
Motor size Starts/h cos N cos A
poles speed [kW] [%] (rpm) [A] [A]

8 9.0/2.25 ; 1.33 20 - 120 - - - -


112 MB 2/8
2 4.5/1.13 5.3 30 - 180 - - - -

Main/creep lifting F4
DM 10 Motor data

Number of Hoist PN ED n IN IA
Motor size Starts/h cos N cos A
poles speed [kW] [%] (rpm) [A] [A]

8 8.0/2.0 ; 2.2 20 - 120 - - - -


132 MC 2/8
2 4.0/1.0 8.9 30 - 180 - - - -

Main/creep lifting F4
DM 20 Motor data

Number of Hoist PN ED n IN IA
Motor size Starts/h cos N cos A
poles speed [kW] [%] (rpm) [A] [A]

8 6.0/1.5 ; 3.3 20 - 120 - - - -


160 L 2/8
2 3.0/0.75 13.2 30 - 180 - - - -

Motor dimensions

Hoist motor size 100 LXA 2/8 112 MB 2/8 132 MC 2/8 160 L 2/8
F 101 128.5 132.5 175
Dimension in
G 198 198 223 265
mm
L 763 759.5 1004 1141
Weight [kg] 94 105 175 242

290
DM rope hoist
Stationary
FDM 3 - FDM 5 - FDM 10 - FDM 20 (Type 2)

291
FDM 3 (TYPE 2) hoist unit
SWL 1600kg - 3200kg
4/1 rope reeving

1
Reactions (daN) on the supports [daN = decaNewton = N X 10 ]
9m lifting height 14m lifting height 19m lifting height
Capacity
Rn1 Rn2 Rn1 Rn2 Rn1 Rn2
1600kg 732 182 740 184 749 187
2000kg 896 219 904 221 912 224
2500kg 1099 266 1107 268 1116 270
3200kg 1385 330 1393 332 1402 334

Hoist unit dimensions and weights according to lifting heights


Dimensions Weight (kg) Motor 100L Motor 112M
Lifting Rope
Drum PCD
height l1 S1 Motor 100L Motor 112M diameter M1 M2 R M1 M2 R

9m 890 160 220 230 1922 1942


14m 1200 230 240 250 7 159 777 250 2232 797 250 2252
19m 1530 300 262 272 2562 2582

292
FDM 5 (TYPE 2) hoist unit
SWL 4000kg - 6300kg
4/1 rope reeving

1
Reactions (daN) on the supports [daN = decaNewton = N X 10 ]
10m lifting height 14m lifting height 18m lifting height
Capacity
Rn1 Rn2 Rn1 Rn2 Rn1 Rn2
4000kg 1714 449 1722 451 1730 453
5000kg 2114 549 2122 551 2130 553
6300kg 2634 679 2642 681 2650 683

Hoist unit dimensions and weights according to lifting heights


Dimensions Weight (kg)
Lifting Rope
Drum PCD M1 M2 R
height l1 S1 Motor 132M diameter

10m 1000 210 325 2245


14m 1260 280 345 9 194 975 300 2505
18m 1530 350 365 2775

293
FDM 10 (TYPE 2) hoist unit
SWL 8000kg - 12500kg
4/1 rope reeving

1
Reactions (daN) on the supports [daN = decaNewton = N X 10 ]
10m lifting height 14m lifting height 19m lifting height
Capacity
Rn1 Rn2 Rn1 Rn2 Rn1 Rn2
8000kg 3387 972 3407 977 3432 985
10000kg 4173 1186 4193 1191 4218 1198
12500kg 5154 1456 5174 1460 5199 1467

Hoist unit dimensions and weights according to lifting heights


Dimensions Weight (kg)
Lifting Rope
Drum PCD M1 M2 R
height l1 S1 Motor 160L diameter

10m 1260 240 717 2625


14m 1550 280 767 13 243 1160 350 2915
19m 1940 350 832 3305

294
FDM 10 (TYPE 2) hoist unit
SWL 16000kg - 20000kg
6/1 rope reeving

Hoist unit dimensions according to lifting heights


Dimensions Motor 225M
Lifting height Rope diameter Drum PCD
l1 M1 M2 R
8.8m 1260 2879
1414 450 13 243
11.5m 1550 3169

295
FDM 10 (TYPE 2) hoist unit
SWL 25000kg
8/1 rope reeving

Hoist unit dimensions according to lifting heights


Dimensions Motor 160L
Lifting height Rope diameter Drum PCD
l1 M1 M2 R
7.0m 1260 2625
9.0m 1550 1160 350 2915 13 243
11.8m 1940 3305

296
FDM 20 (TYPE 2) hoist unit
SWL 16000kg - 20000kg
4/1 rope reeving

1
Reactions (daN) on the supports [daN = decaNewton = N X 10 ]
17m lifting height 24m lifting height
Capacity
Rn1 Rn2 Rn1 Rn2
16000kg 6847 1924 6897 1939
20000kg 8425 2346 8476 2360

Hoist unit dimensions and weights according to lifting heights


Dimensions Weight (kg)
Lifting Rope
Drum PCD M1 M2 R
height l1 S1 Motor 225M diameter

17m 1850 310 1540 3551


16 324 1481 450
24m 2350 410 1670 4051

297
FDM 20 (TYPE 2) hoist unit
SWL 25000kg 32000kg
6/1 rope reeving

Hoist unit dimensions according to lifting heights


Dimensions Motor 225M
Lifting height Rope diameter Drum PCD
l1 M1 M2 R
10.0m 1420 3121
1481 450 16 324
14.0m 1850 3551

298
FDM 20 (TYPE 2) hoist unit
SWL 40000kg
8/1 rope reeving

Hoist unit dimensions according to lifting heights


Dimensions Motor 225M
Lifting height Rope diameter Drum PCD
l1 M1 M2 R
8.0m 1420 3121
1481 450 16 324
11.0m 1850 3551

299
Fixing of the FDM...T2 wire rope hoists in suspended or set-down execution
Fixing in suspended execution: Fixing in set-down execution:
Detail of the hole and the connection zone of the Detail of the support foot and the connection zone of
universal suspension/set-down eye bolt the universal suspension/set-down eye bolt

The universal suspension/set-down is included in the The universal suspension/set-down is included in the
supply supply

NOTE: Fixing in set-down execution:


Using the universal eyebolt, the headroom of the hoist, in relation to the level of setting down of the hoist itself,
must be increased by the B6 dimension.

Rope Overall dimensions (mm)


falls DM
N A A1 B B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 F M G l

3 20 20 37 21 21 35 35 50 13 20 16 X 2 65 250

5 22 22 42 31 31 40 40 55 13 25 20 X 2.5 70 290
4/1
10 32 32 48 36 36 55 55 76 28 35 24 X 3 93 370

20 42 42 60 38 46 70 70 89 29 45 30 X 3.5 108 460

300
CH Chain Hoist
ECH 2 - ECH 3 - ECH 4
EUCH 2 - EUCH 3 - EUCH 4
HUCH 2 - HUCH 3 - HUCH 4
RUCH 2 - RUCH 3 - RUCH 4

301
CHAIN HOIST SPECIFICATIONS

2-speed hoisting with pole-changing motor


Single speed cross travelling (DOL) at 11m/min
Hoisting upper and lower limit switches (optional)
Cross travel limit switch (cross type, bi-directional, 1 speed) (optional)
Overload warning alarm
Push button pendant with cable and chain strain relief suspended from hoist
Mobile control push button pendant with cable and chain strain relief (optional)
Control voltage of 48V or 110V
Ambient temperature up to 50 degC
With Ex 'deib' electrical control box
With chain box
Optional bronze coating for load hook with safety catch
Duty FEM 1Am (consult manufacturer for other duty)
Galvanized high-strength steel chain
Stainless steel chain & hook block (optional)
Minimum safety factor of 5 for load chain
Standard headroom trolley in three versions for straight or curved beams

302
+ +,' !"#$ !"#$
%! 0 +
()%# -. /##"# %##* %##* % &#
' % &#
+, +,

303
63 ) ! +,' !44 -.
+ +,' %##* +, +,
8 2 #7%$ + ,% 9 #7#43 + ,
%! 0 +,
0!+, 9!$$
+,
/!,'#
.56# !' 40!+, 0 +
- 2 -+7 3, ! + ,! )
/1 2 !,*! * 0#!* %3 0 $$#)
.1 2 !,*! * 0#!* #$#4 +4 $$#)

304
:: ; 4 .7 *#+< :: ( 59 ! <+#, # %# ! 3 # 3% *#'

:: 6 4 .7 6 +<6 := ( 59 ! <+#, # %# ! 3 # 3% *#'

%&!"

(# %# ! 3 # 4$! 5 !7+ 3 3 9!4# # % ( 2 *#'


%%! ! 3 ' 3%+,' 5 *#%#,*!, , )%# 9 '! # % # #,
()%# 9 % #4 + , 9 #$#4 +4!$ 4 , $ < 7#
>>*> 2 9$! #% 9 >#> 2 +,4 #! #*5 !9# ) >+<> 2 +, +, +4 !9# )
D #@ < ! # #$#4 +4!$ !44# +# 2 >*> 9$! #% 9% #4 + , ,$)
.7%$ + ,5= #4 + , ! +,'
()%# 9 % #4 + , 9 , ,5#$#4 +4!$ #?3+% #,
>>4> 2 % #4 + , <) 4 , 34 + ,!$ !9# ) > >2% #4 + , <) $+?3+* + # + ,
()%# 9 .7%$ +"# %0# #@ ; 2 '! "!% 3 !,* +
! #' )@ 29 A ,# !%%$+4!<$# 9 A ,# !$
.?3+% #, ' 3%@ :: 9 #?3+% #, 0# 0!, +,#

$
!" ##

(# %# ! 3 # 4$! 5 !7+ 3 3 9!4# # % ( 2 *#'


.,4$ 3 #% #4 + ,
= !4 +4# *3 $!)# B<& !7 3 9!4# # % C *3 +',+ + , # %
:, +, +4 !9# ) 9 61 (
()%# 9 % #4 + , 9 #$#4 +4!$ 4 , $ < 7# >>*> 2 9$! #% 9
.7%$ + ,5= #4 + , ! +,'
()%# 9 % #4 + , 9 , ,5#$#4 +4!$ #?3+% #,
>>4> 2 % #4 + , <) 4 , 34 + ,!$ !9# ) > >2% #4 + , <) $+?3+* + # + ,
()%# 9 .7%$ +"# %0# #@ 6 2 *3
! #' )@ 29 A ,# !%%$+4!<$# 9 A ,# !$
.?3+% #, ' 3%@ :: 9 #?3+% #, 0# 0!, +,#

305
ECH - Electric chain hoist (1/1 reeving)

306
ECH - Electric chain hoist (2/1 reeving)

307
EUCH - Hoist with electric trolley (1/1 reeving)

308
EUCH - Hoist with electric trolley (2/1 reeving)

309
HUCH - Hoist with handchain trolley (1/1 reeving)

310
HUCH - Hoist with handchain trolley (2/1 reeving)

311
RUCH - Hoist with push trolley (1/1 reeving)

312
RUCH - Hoist with push trolley (2/1 reeving)

313
Dimensions - Electric chain hoist
Size Chain falls A A1 C C1 C2 D E F G H I X

CH 2 1 320 23 1280 19 665 135 160 92 70 14 27 887


CH 3 1 392 28 1356 25 741 160 202 114 70 14 30 897
CH 4 1 483 32 1620 27 1005 200 245 146 90 20 35 897
CH 4 1 483 32 1620 27 1005 200 245 146 90 20 35 822
CH 4 2 670 25 1620 50 1005 200 432 71 90 25 - 822

Dimensions - Hoist with electric trolley


Trolley
Size Chain falls A A1 C C1 C2 D E F G H I
size
CH 2 1 EU 3 320 23 1280 19 665 135 160 92 70 14 27
CH 3 1 EU 4 392 28 1356 25 741 160 202 114 70 14 30
CH 4 1 EU 4 483 32 1620 27 1005 200 245 146 90 20 35
CH 4 1 EU 5 670 32 1620 27 1005 200 245 146 90 20 35
CH 4 2 EU 5 670 25 1620 50 1005 200 432 71 90 25 -

Trolley
Size Chain falls J L M M1 M2 N O Q Q1 X
size
CH 2 1 EU 3 630 135 362 300 225 80 98 570 565 887
CH 3 1 EU 4 763 160 402 280 215 100 120 577 580 897
CH 4 1 EU 4 859 160 402 280 215 100 120 577 580 897
CH 4 1 EU 5 1046 201 510 152 160 125 155 653 580 822
CH 4 2 EU 5 1039 201 510 152 160 125 155 653 580 822

314
Dimensions - Hoist with handchain trolley
Trolley
Size Chain falls A A1 C C1 C2 D E F G H I
size
CH 2 1 HU 3 320 23 1280 19 665 135 160 92 70 14 27
CH 3 1 HU 4 392 28 1356 25 741 160 202 114 70 14 30
CH 4 1 HU 4 483 32 1620 27 1005 200 245 146 90 20 35
CH 4 1 HU 5 483 32 1620 27 1005 200 245 146 90 20 35
CH 4 2 HU 5 670 25 1620 50 1005 200 432 71 90 25 -

Trolley
Size Chain falls J L M M1 M2 N O Q1 R X
size
CH 2 1 HU 3 630 135 362 300 225 80 98 565 240 887
CH 3 1 HU 4 763 160 402 280 215 100 120 580 264 897
CH 4 1 HU 4 859 160 402 280 215 100 120 580 264 897
CH 4 1 HU 5 1046 201 510 152 160 125 155 580 340 822
CH 4 2 HU 5 1039 201 510 152 160 125 155 580 340 822

Dimensions - Hoist with push trolley


Trolley
Size Chain falls A A1 C C1 C2 D E F G H I
size
CH 2 1 RU 3 320 23 1280 19 665 135 160 92 70 14 27
CH 3 1 RU 4 392 28 1356 25 741 160 202 114 70 14 30
CH 4 1 RU 4 483 32 1620 27 1005 200 245 146 90 20 35
CH 4 1 RU 5 483 32 1620 27 1005 200 245 146 90 20 35
CH 4 2 RU 5 670 25 1620 50 1005 200 432 71 90 25 -

Trolley
Size Chain falls J L M M1 M2 N O Q1 X
size
CH 2 1 RU 3 630 135 362 300 225 80 98 565 887
CH 3 1 RU 4 763 160 402 280 215 100 120 580 897
CH 4 1 RU 4 859 160 402 280 215 100 120 580 897
CH 4 1 RU 5 1046 201 510 152 160 125 155 580 822
CH 4 2 RU 5 1039 201 510 152 160 125 155 580 822

315
Chain box type

Size Chain falls Dimensions Lifting Height (m) Chain Box Type
Lifting Height (m)
(mm) 3 7 12 16 3 7 12 16
E1 385 410 440 480
CH 2 1 D E F G
F1 56 70 92 112
E1 440 510 560 650
CH 3 1 E G H I
F1 55 97 127 177
E1 560 610 700 700
1 G H I I
F1 80 110 160 160
CH 4
E1 628 758 758 1008
2 H L L M
F1 130 255 255 375

Note: With application of raise/lower limit switches on 1 chain fall hoists, the maximum capacity of the chain box decreases by 1 m of hook run and
and the E1 dimension increases by 25 mm.

316
Recommended Spare Parts List
2 years operation
Commissioning

317
2 years operation

DELIVERY UNIT
(Ready to Ship) OF
NO. PART DESCRIPTION MATERIAL QTY PART NUMBER Weeks ARO REMARKS
MEA-
(After Receipt of
Order) SURE

1 WIRE ROPE ALLOYED C.S 1 12 LGTH

N.A. for
2 ROPE GUIDE NYLON 1 12 SET
winches
ALUMINIUM /
3 COUPLING ROLLER SPIDER SET
NYLON
1 12 SET

NOT
4 HOISTING CONTACTOR SET
APPLICABLE
1 8 SET

NOT
5 INVERTER CROSS TRAVEL
APPLICABLE
1 16 EA

NOT
6 INVERTER LONG TRAVEL
APPLICABLE
1 16 EA

SET OF BRAKING RESISTORS FOR TRAVEL NOT


7
INVERTERS APPLICABLE
1 16 SET

EA /
8 HOIST GEARED LIMIT SWITCH / SWITCH SET ALUMINIUM 1 8 SET

9 TROLLEY / BRIDGE LIMIT SWITCH ALUMINIUM 3 8 EA

10 ANTICOLLISION LIMIT SWITCH (IF APPLICABLE) ALUMINIUM 1 8 EA

11 ACOUSTIC HORN ALUMINIUM 1 8 EA

PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH FOR CONTROL STATION NOT


12
SET APPLICABLE
1 12 SET

NOT
13 SET OF FUSES
APPLICABLE
1 8 SET

NOT
14 SET OF CONTACTORS & RELAYS
APPLICABLE
1 8 SET

NOT
15 CONTROL TRANSFORMER
APPLICABLE
1 8 EA

NOT
16 POWER TRANSFORMER (IF APPLICABLE)
APPLICABLE
1 8 EA

NOT
17 LOAD LIMIT DEVICE
APPLICABLE
1 8 EA

NOT
18 RADIO TRANSMITTER (IF APPLICABLE)
APPLICABLE
1 16 EA

BATTERY FOR RADIO TRANSMITTER (IF NOT


19
APPLICABLE) APPLICABLE
1 16 EA

20 CABLE CARRIER SET FOR CROSS TRAVEL STEEL 1 8 SET

CABLE CARRIER SET FOR CONTROL STATION


21
TRAVEL
STEEL 1 8 SET

22 CABLE CARRIER SET FOR LONG TRAVEL STEEL 1 8 SET

SET OF BULBS FOR FLASHING LIGHT OR NOT


23
FLOODLIGHT (IF APPLICABLE) APPLICABLE
1 8 SET

318
Commissioning

DELIVERY UNIT
PART (Ready to Ship) OF
NO. PART DESCRIPTION MATERIAL QTY Weeks ARO
NUMBER MEA-
(After Receipt
of Order) SURE

NOT
1 SET OF FUSES
APPLICABLE
1 8 SET
SET OF BULBS FOR
FLASHING LIGHT OR NOT
2
FLOODLIGHT (IF APPLICABLE
1 8 SET
APPLICABLE)

319

Вам также может понравиться